Sie sind auf Seite 1von 227

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

19.Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


A: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

LHD

14
B100

BATTERY
SBF-5

F2

B262

5
3
2
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

B47

4
18

1
5
9
13

2
4
6

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B137
8
9

RHD
LHD

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

20

B100
F2

LHD

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

B137

1
3
5

19

29

B262
1

B47

2 1
4 3

4
5

2
1

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00346

EN(TURBO)-84

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Start the engine and warm-up engine.
2)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
3)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
4)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 5 (B262) No. 1:
(B137) No. 4 (B262) No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 19 (B18) No. 4:
(B137) No. 29 (B18) No. 3:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
main relay and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B47) No. 4 (B262) No. 2:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
Measure the resistance between front oxygen
(A/F) sensor connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check the poor contact in ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM or front oxygen
(A/F) sensor connector?

Check

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector.

Go to step 3.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector.

Go to step 4.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector.

Go to step 5.

Replace the front


oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-43,
Front Oxygen (A/
F) Sensor.>

Poor contact occurs.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM or
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector.

Replace the front


oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-43,
Front Oxygen (A/
F) Sensor.>

EN(TURBO)-85

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

B: DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Immediately at fault recognition

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

LHD

14
B100

BATTERY
SBF-5

F2

B262

5
3
2
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

B47

4
18

1
5
9
13

2
4
6

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B137
8
9

RHD
LHD

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

20

B100
F2

LHD

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

B137

1
3
5

19

29

B262
1

B47

2 1
4 3

4
5

2
1

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00346

EN(TURBO)-86

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FRONT OXY- 10 V
GEN (A/F) SENSOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from front oxygen
(A/F) sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between front oxygen
(A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B262) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.


Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 8 Chassis ground:
(B137) No. 9 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

0.2 A
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor
heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
1.0 V
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Start and idle the engine.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 4 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-87

Yes
Go to step 2.

Go to step 3.

Repair the poor


contact in connector.

No
Repair the power
supply line.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
main relay and
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
main relay connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and engine
ground cable
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 4.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

Go to step 6.

Go to step 5.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 4 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change less than specified
value?
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change less than specified
value?
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 2 No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

1.0 V

Check

Yes
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector.

No
Go to step 6.

1.0 V

Go to step 8.

Go to step 7.

1.0 V

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 8.

10

Repair the harReplace the front


ness and connec- oxygen (A/F) sentor.
sor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-43,
NOTE:
In this case, repair Front Oxygen (A/
F) Sensor.>
the following:
Open or ground
short circuit in harness between front
oxygen (A/F) sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

EN(TURBO)-88

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

C: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR


1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

LHD

14
B100

BATTERY
SBF-5

F2

B262

5
3
2
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

B47

4
18

1
5
9
13

2
4
6

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B137
8
9

RHD
LHD

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

20

B100
F2

LHD

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

B137

1
3
5

19

29

B262
1

B47

2 1
4 3

4
5

2
1

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00346

EN(TURBO)-89

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
8V
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 4 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B137) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR
2.3 A
HEATER CURRENT.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Repair the battery short circuit in harness
between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor
connector.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor
heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or
the OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
8V
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 4 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B137) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?

Check

EN(TURBO)-90

Yes
Go to step 3.

No
Go to step 2.

Replace the ECM. END


<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Repair the battery END


short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

D: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Immediately at fault recognition

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

T6

2 1
4 3

2
4

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

F2

1
REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR
T6

LHD : 5
RHD : 4

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

T5
B18

B: B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

*1
B122

C: B136

D: B137

RHD
LHD

B26
B19

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B : B135
20

B100
C : B136 ECM

F2
LHD

F61

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

D : B137
D8
D9

T5

2
4

B47

B100
B18

1
3

2
1

LHD

14

B18

1
3

C13
B17

5
3

LHD

BATTERY

SBF-5

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00347

EN(TURBO)-91

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
5
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 8 Chassis ground:
(B137) No. 9 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

CHECK CURRENT DATA.


0.2 A
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of rear oxygen sensor heater
current using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
1.0 V
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Start and idle the engine.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 13 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1.0 V
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 13 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change less than specified
value?
1.0 V
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen
sensor.
3)Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 13 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-92

Yes
Go to step 2.

Repair the connector.

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and engine
ground cable
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 3.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connecting
harness connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

Go to step 6.

Go to step 4.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 5.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between
ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. After
repair, replace the
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
10 V
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen
sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between rear oxygen
sensor connector and engine ground or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():

Check

Is the measured value more than specified


value?

CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.


1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance between rear oxygen sensor connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

30

EN(TURBO)-93

Yes
Go to step 7.

No
Repair the power
supply line.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
main relay and
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the harReplace the rear
ness and connec- oxygen sensor.
tor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-45,
NOTE:
In this case, repair Rear Oxygen Sensor.>
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
rear oxygen sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

E: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR


2)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

T6

2 1
4 3

2
4

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

F2

1
REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR
T6

LHD : 5
RHD : 4

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

T5
B18

B: B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

*1
B122

C: B136

D: B137

RHD
LHD

B26
B19

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B : B135
20

B100
C : B136 ECM

F2
LHD

F61

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

D : B137
D8
D9

T5

2
4

B47

B100
B18

1
3

2
1

LHD

14

B18

1
3

C13
B17

5
3

LHD

BATTERY

SBF-5

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00347

EN(TURBO)-94

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
8V
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 13 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
7A
1)Repair the battery short circuit in harness
between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
2)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3)Read the data of rear oxygen sensor heater
current using Subaru Select Monitor or the
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Poor contact occurs.
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?

EN(TURBO)-95

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Replace the ECM. END


<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

END

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

F: DTC P0068 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

THROTTLE BODY

2
1
3

PRESSURE SENSOR

E21

18
16
20

E2

F2
7

F74

16
21

F61

B200

B100

2
1

19
8
9

B122

B135 ECM

E21

B122

1 2 3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F61

1 2
5

6
9 10
13
14
17 18

3 4
7
8
11 12
15
16
19 20

B135

F2

F74

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-00349

EN(TURBO)-96

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

THROTTLE BODY

2
3
1

PRESSURE SENSOR

E21

18
20
16

E3
B22

2
1

19
9
8

B122

B135 ECM

E21

B122

B22

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

EN-00350

EN(TURBO)-97

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK IDLE SWITCH SIGNAL.
LED illuminates.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Operate the LED operation mode for engine
using Subaru Select Monitor.
Does the LED of {Idle Switch Signal} come on?

Yes
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
LED OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>

CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.


Is any other DTC displayed?

Other DTC is displayed.

CHECK CONDITION OF INTAKE MANIFOLD Bolt is tightened securely.


PRESSURE SENSOR.
Is the pressure sensor installation bolt tightened securely?
CHECK CONDITION OF THROTTLE BODY. Bolt is tightened securely.
Is the throttle body installation bolt tightened
securely?

EN(TURBO)-98

Inspect the relevant DTC. List of


Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
<Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

No
Check the throttle
position sensor circuit. <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-122,
DTC P0121
THROTTLE/
PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/
SWITCH A CIRCUIT RANGE/
PERFORMANCE
, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0106.
Go to step 3.

NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0106.
Go to step 4.
Tighten the pressure sensor installation bolt
securely.
Replace the pres- Tighten the throttle
sure sensor. <Ref. body installation
to FU(TURBO)-34, bolt securely.
Pressure Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

G: DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

RHD

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

5
3

LHD

7
B61

BATTERY
SBF-5

F44

2
1
B47

MASS AIR FLOW AND


INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE

E8

E13

B27

E7

B3

*1

B19

B122

LHD : 8
RHD : 5

B : B135
ECM
E:

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B84

E:

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

B : B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

F44

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-00348

EN(TURBO)-99

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0101.

EN(TURBO)-100

No
Replace the mass
air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-33,
Mass Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

H: DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

RHD

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

5
3

LHD

7
B61

BATTERY
SBF-5

F44

2
1
B47

MASS AIR FLOW AND


INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE

E8

E13

B27

E7

B3

*1

B19

B122

LHD : 8
RHD : 5

B : B135
ECM
E:

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B84

E:

B : B135

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

F44

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-00348

EN(TURBO)-101

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR 0.2 4.7 V
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or OBDII general scan tool to data link connector.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON and Subaru
Select Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool
switch to ON.
4)Start the engine.
5)Read the mass air flow sensor voltage using
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan
tool.
Is the measured value within specified value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

0.2 V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground while engine is idling.
Connector & terminal
(B84) No. 13 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM (USING
0.2 V
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR).
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground while engine is idling.
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?

CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MASS AIR


5V
FLOW SENSOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from mass air flow
sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between mass air flow
sensor connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-102

Yes
No
Even if MIL lights Go to step 2.
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector or
harness may be
the cause. Repair
the harness or
connector in the
mass air flow sensor.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open or ground
short circuit in harness between
mass air flow sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
mass air flow sensor or ECM connector
Go to step 4.
Go to step 3.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 5.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.
Repair the open
circuit between
mass air flow sensor and main relay.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
1
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and mass air flow sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B84) No. 13 (B3) No. 3:
(B84) No. 7 (B3) No. 2:
(B135) No. 19 (B3) No. 5:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
1 M
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CONNECTOR
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B84) No. 13 Chassis ground:
(B84) No. 7 Chassis ground:
(B135) No. 19 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT
Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in mass air flow sensor
connector.
Is there poor contact in mass air flow sensor
connector?

EN(TURBO)-103

Yes
Go to step 6.

No
Repair the open
circuit between
ECM and mass air
flow sensor connector.

Go to step 7.

Repair the ground


short circuit
between ECM and
mass air flow sensor connector.

Repair the poor


contact in mass air
flow sensor connector.

Replace the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-33,
Mass Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

I:

DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

RHD

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

5
3

LHD

7
B61

BATTERY
SBF-5

F44

2
1
B47

MASS AIR FLOW AND


INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE

E8

E13

B27

E7

B3

*1

B19

B122

LHD : 8
RHD : 5

B : B135
ECM
E:

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B84

E:

B : B135

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

F44

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-00348

EN(TURBO)-104

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR 0.2 4.7 V
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or OBDII general scan tool to data link connector.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON and Subaru
Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool
switch to ON.
4)Start the engine.
5)Read the mass air flow sensor voltage using
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan
tool.
Is the measured value within specified value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
5V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from mass air flow
sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between mass air flow
sensor connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 3 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
1
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3)Measure the resistance between ECM connector and mass air flow sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 2 (B136) No. 7:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-105

Yes
No
Even if MIL lights Go to step 2.
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time.

Repair the battery Go to step 3.


short of harness
between mass air
flow sensor connector and ECM
connector.

Replace the mass


air flow sensor.<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-33,
Mass Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

Repair the open


harness between
mass air flow sensor connector and
ECM connector.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

J: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

THROTTLE BODY

2
1
3

PRESSURE SENSOR

E21

18
16
20

E2

F2
7

F74

16
21

F61

B200

B100

2
1

19
8
9

B122

B135 ECM

E21

B122

1 2 3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F61

1 2
5

6
9 10
13
14
17 18

3 4
7
8
11 12
15
16
19 20

B135

F2

F74

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-00349

EN(TURBO)-106

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

THROTTLE BODY

2
3
1

PRESSURE SENSOR

E21

18
20
16

E3
B22

2
1

19
9
8

B122

B135 ECM

E21

B122

B22

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

EN-00350

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
4.5 V
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
4.5 V
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?

Check

EN(TURBO)-107

Yes
Go to step 3.

No
Go to step 2.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
0.7 V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from pressure
sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between pressure sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E21) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and intake manifold pressure sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 19 (E21) No. 2:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
intake manifold pressure sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E21) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in pressure sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in pressure sensor connector?

Check

Yes
Go to step 4.

No
Contact with your
Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
pressure sensor
connector.

4.5 V

Go to step 5.

Go to step 6.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
pressure sensor
connector.

1 M

Go to step 7.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
ECM and pressure
sensor connector.

Poor contact occurs.

Repair the poor


contact in pressure sensor connector.

Replace the pressure sensor. <Ref.


to FU(TURBO)-34,
Pressure Sensor.>

EN(TURBO)-108

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

K: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

THROTTLE BODY

2
1
3

PRESSURE SENSOR

E21

18
16
20

E2

F2
7

F74

16
21

F61

B200

B100

2
1

19
8
9

B122

B135 ECM

E21

B122

1 2 3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

F61

1 2
5

6
9 10
13
14
17 18

3 4
7
8
11 12
15
16
19 20

B135

F2

F74

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-00349

EN(TURBO)-109

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

THROTTLE BODY

2
3
1

PRESSURE SENSOR

E21

18
20
16

E3
B22

2
1

19
9
8

B122

B135 ECM

E21

B122

B22

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

EN-00350

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
4.5 V
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
4.5 V
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?

Check

EN(TURBO)-110

Yes
Go to step 3.

No
Go to step 2.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
4.5 V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from pressure
sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between pressure sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E21) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and pressure sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 8 (E21) No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR
CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and pressure sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 19 (E21) No. 2:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in pressure sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in pressure sensor connector?

Check

Yes
Go to step 4.

No
Contact with your
Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
pressure sensor
connector.

4.5 V

Go to step 5.

Go to step 6.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
pressure sensor
connector.

Go to step 7.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
pressure sensor
connector.

Poor contact occurs.

Repair the poor


contact in pressure sensor connector.

Replace the intake


manifold pressure
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-34,
Pressure Sensor.>

EN(TURBO)-111

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

L: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

RHD

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

5
3

LHD

7
B61

BATTERY
SBF-5

F44

2
1
B47

MASS AIR FLOW AND


INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE

E8

E13

B27

E7

B3

*1

B19

B122

LHD : 8
RHD : 5

B : B135
ECM
E:

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B84

E:

B : B135

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

F44

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-00348

EN(TURBO)-112

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
55C (131F)
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or the
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR
36C (97F)
FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from mass air flow
and intake air temperature sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Read the data of intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or the
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(TURBO)-113

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the poor
contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
joint connector

Replace the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-33,
Mass Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor and
ECM connector.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

M: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

RHD

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

5
3

LHD

7
B61

BATTERY
SBF-5

F44

2
1
B47

MASS AIR FLOW AND


INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE

E8

E13

B27

E7

B3

*1

B19

B122

LHD : 8
RHD : 5

B : B135
ECM
E:

B3

1 2 3 4 5

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

B84

E:

B : B135

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

F44

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-00348

EN(TURBO)-114

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
36C (97F)
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or the
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
10 V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR
FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from mass air flow
and intake air temperature sensor.
3)Measure the voltage between mass air flow
and intake air temperature sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR
10 V
FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between mass air flow
and intake air temperature sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
4V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR
FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the voltage between mass air flow
and intake air temperature sensor and pressure sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-115

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the poor
contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
joint connector

Repair the battery Go to step 3.


short circuit in harness between
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor and
ECM connector.

Repair the battery Go to step 4.


short circuit in harness between
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor and
ECM connector.

Go to step 5.

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
joint connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR
5
FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B3) No. 5 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

EN(TURBO)-116

Yes
Replace the mass
air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-33,
Mass Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
ness between
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
mass air flow and
intake air temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
joint connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

N: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Hard to start
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

E8
1 2
3

ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

2
1

E8

: LHD

E3

: RHD

B122

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

17
18

E2

LHD

RHD
LHD

RHD

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

22
16

F74
B200

LHD

LHD

B135

RHD

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22
RHD

F74
2
1

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

18
19

B122

B135 ECM

EN-00351

EN(TURBO)-117

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
120C (248F)
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of engine coolant temperature
sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE
40C (40F)
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from engine coolant temperature sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Read the data of engine coolant temperature
sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(TURBO)-118

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the poor
contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
engine coolant
temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector

Replace the
engine coolant
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-28,
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor.>

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
engine coolant
temperature sensor and ECM connector.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

O: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Hard to start
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

E8
1 2
3

ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

2
1

E8

: LHD

E3

: RHD

B122

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

17
18

E2

LHD

RHD
LHD

RHD

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

22
16

F74
B200

LHD

LHD

B135

RHD

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22
RHD

F74
2
1

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

18
19

B122

B135 ECM

EN-00351

EN(TURBO)-119

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
40C (40F)
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of engine coolant temperature
sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
10 V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from engine coolant temperature sensor.
3)Measure the voltage between engine coolant
temperature sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E8) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE
10 V
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between engine coolant
temperature sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E8) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-120

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the poor
contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
engine coolant
temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector

Repair the battery Go to step 3.


short circuit in harness between
ECM and engine
coolant temperature sensor connector.

Repair the battery Go to step 4.


short circuit in harness between
ECM and engine
coolant temperature sensor connector.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the voltage between engine coolant
temperature sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E8) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check
4V

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE


5
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
engine coolant temperature sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E8) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-121

Yes
Go to step 5.

Replace the
engine coolant
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-28,
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor.>

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and engine
coolant temperature sensor connector
Poor contact in
engine coolant
temperature sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and engine
coolant temperature sensor connector
Poor contact in
engine coolant
temperature sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

P: DTC P0121 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH A CIRCUIT


RANGE/PERFORMANCE
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
Fuel is cut.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR

E13

F61

1 2 3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

1
3
2

E13

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

20
19
18

E2
F61

F74
23
16

F2

B135
B200

B100

2
1

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B122
F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

9
7
19

F74
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B135 ECM

EN-00352

EN(TURBO)-122

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR

E13

1
3
2

1 2 3

E13

B22
1 2

3
6 7
9 10
11
13
14 15
17 18
19
5

20
19
18

E3
B22

4
8
12
16
20

B122
2
1

1 2 3 4 5 6

B122

B135

9
7
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00353

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0121.

EN(TURBO)-123

No
Replace the throttle position sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-32,
Throttle Position
Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Q: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH A CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR

E13

F61

1 2 3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

1
3
2

E13

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

20
19
18

E2
F61

F74
23
16

F2

B135
B200

B100

2
1

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B122
F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

9
7
19

F74
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B135 ECM

EN-00352

EN(TURBO)-124

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR

E13

1
3
2

1 2 3

E13

B22
1 2

3
6 7
9 10
11
13
14 15
17 18
19
5

20
19
18

E3
B22

4
8
12
16
20

B122
2
1

1 2 3 4 5 6

B122

B135

9
7
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00353

EN(TURBO)-125

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
0.15 V
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of throttle position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool.
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

Yes
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

4.5 V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground while throttle valve is fully
closed.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
4.5 V
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?
0.15 V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 7 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING 0.15 V
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR.)
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-126

No
Even if MIL lights
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.

Go to step 4.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
throttle position
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 3.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.

Go to step 6.

NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.
Go to step 5.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 6.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
4.5 V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from throttle position sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between throttle position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E13) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


1
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and throttle position sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 7 (E13) No. 3:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


10
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
throttle position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E13) No. 3 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in throttle position sensor
connector.
Is there poor contact in throttle position sensor
connector?

EN(TURBO)-127

Yes
Go to step 7.

Go to step 8.

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
throttle position
sensor and ECM
connector
Poor contact in
throttle position
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
throttle position
sensor and ECM
connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
throttle position
sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground Go to step 9.
short circuit in harness between
throttle position
sensor and ECM
connector.

Repair the poor


contact in throttle
position sensor
connector.

Replace the throttle position sensor. <Ref. to


FU(TURBO)-32,
Throttle Position
Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

R: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH A CIRCUIT


HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR

E13

F61

1 2 3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

1
3
2

E13

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

20
19
18

E2
F61

F74
23
16

F2

B135
B200

B100

2
1

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B122
F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

9
7
19

F74
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B135 ECM

EN-00352

EN(TURBO)-128

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR

E13

1
3
2

1 2 3

E13

B22
1 2

3
6 7
9 10
11
13
14 15
17 18
19
5

20
19
18

E3
B22

4
8
12
16
20

B122
2
1

1 2 3 4 5 6

B122

B135

9
7
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00353

EN(TURBO)-129

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
4.7 V
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of throttle position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

Yes
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN THROTTLE


5
POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from throttle position sensor.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
throttle position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E13) No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN THROTTLE


POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between throttle position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E13) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

4.7 V

EN(TURBO)-130

Go to step 3.

No
Even if MIL lights
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
throttle position
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
throttle position
sensor and ECM
connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Repair the battery Replace the throtshort circuit in har- tle position senness between
sor. <Ref. to
throttle position
FU(TURBO)-32,
sensor and ECM Throttle Position
connector. After
Sensor.>
repair, replace the
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

S: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED


LOOP FUEL CONTROL
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine will not return to idling.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

E8
1 2
3

ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

2
1

E8

: LHD

E3

: RHD

B122

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

17
18

E2

LHD

RHD
LHD

RHD

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

22
16

F74
B200

LHD

LHD

B135

RHD

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22
RHD

F74
2
1

18
19

B122

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B135 ECM

EN-00351

EN(TURBO)-131

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM.

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

There is a fault.

NOTE:
Check the following items.
Thermostat open stuck
Coolant level
Coolant freeze
Tire diameter
Is there a fault in engine cooling system?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0125.
Replace the thermostat. <Ref. to
CO(SOHC)-25,
Thermostat.>

Replace the
engine coolant
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-28,
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor.>

T: DTC P0129 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
No
Replace the ECM. It is not necessary
to inspect DTC
<Ref. to
P0129
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
NOTE:
Atmospheric pressure sensor is built
into ECM.

EN(TURBO)-132

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

U: DTC P0130 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

LHD

14
B100

BATTERY
SBF-5

F2

B262

5
3
2
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

B47

4
18

1
5
9
13

2
4
6

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B137
8
9

RHD
LHD

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

20

B100
F2

LHD

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

B137

1
3
5

19

29

B262
1

B47

2 1
4 3

4
5

2
1

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00346

EN(TURBO)-133

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

CHECK FRONT (A/F) OXYGEN SENSOR DA- 0.85 1.15 (In idling)
TA.
1)Start the engine.
2)While observing the Subaru Select Monitor
or OBD-II general scan tool screen, warm-up
the engine until coolant temperature is above
70C (158F).
If the engine is already warmed-up, operate at
idle speed for at least 1 minute.
3)Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool.
Is the measured value within specified value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL. LED illuminates.
1)Race the engine at speeds from idling to
5,000 rpm for a total of 5 cycles.
NOTE:
To increase the engine speed to 5,000 rpm,
slowly depress accelerator pedal, taking approx. 5 seconds, and quickly release accelerator pedal to decrease engine speed.
2)Operate the LED operation mode for engine.
Does the LED of {Rear O2 Rich Signal} blink?

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
LED OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
There is a fault.
CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
Check the exhaust system parts.
NOTE:
Check the following items.
Loose installation of portions
Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
Looseness of front oxygen (A/F) sensor
Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front
oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
Is there a fault in exhaust system?

EN(TURBO)-134

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).<Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 3.
Go to step 4.

Repair the poor


contact in front
oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
connector.

Check the rear


oxygen sensor circuit. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-45,
Rear Oxygen Sensor.>

Repair or replace
the faulty parts.

Replace the front


oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-43,
Front Oxygen (A/
F) Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

V: DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

LHD

14
B100

BATTERY
SBF-5

F2

B262

5
3
2
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

B47

4
18

1
5
9
13

2
4
6

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B137
8
9

RHD
LHD

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

20

B100
F2

LHD

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

B137

1
3
5

19

29

B262
1

B47

2 1
4 3

4
5

2
1

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00346

EN(TURBO)-135

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

There is a fault.

NOTE:
Check the following items.
Loose installation of front portion of exhaust
pipe onto cylinder heads
Loose connection between front exhaust pipe
and front catalytic converter
Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole
Is there a fault in exhaust system?

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0133.
Repair the exhaust Replace the front
system.
oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-43,
Front Oxygen (A/
F) Sensor.>

W: DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1


SENSOR 1)
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0130. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-133, DTC P0130 O2 SENSOR
CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(TURBO)-136

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

X: DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

2
4

2 1
4 3

2
4
6

F2

1
REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR
T6

LHD : 5
RHD : 4

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

T5
B18

B: B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

*1
B122

C: B136

D: B137

RHD
LHD

B26
B19

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B : B135
20

B100
C : B136 ECM

F2
LHD

F61

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

D : B137
D8
D9

T5

2
4

B47

B100
B18

1
3

2
1

1
3

LHD

14

B47

1
3
5

C13
B17

5
3

LHD

T6

B18

BATTERY

SBF-5

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00347

EN(TURBO)-137

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.


Value fluctuates.
1)Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
temperature is above 70C (158F), and keep
the engine speed at 2,000 rpm to 3,000 rpm for
2 minutes.
2)Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
Does the value fluctuate?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
0.2 0.4 V
Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
Is the measured value within specified value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
3
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
rear oxygen sensor.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 17 (T6) No. 4:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR OXY- 0.2 V
GEN SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen
sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between rear oxygen
sensor harness connector and engine ground
or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-138

Yes
No
Using the list of
Go to step 2.
diagnostic trouble
code (DTC), check
the appropriate
DTC. <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 6.
Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
rear oxygen sensor connector.

Replace the rear


oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-45,
Rear Oxygen Sensor.>

Replace the rear


oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-45,
Rear Oxygen Sensor.>
Go to step 5.

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
rear oxygen sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
Check the exhaust system parts.

Check
There is a fault.

NOTE:
Check the following items.
Loose installation of portions
Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front
oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
Is there a fault in exhaust system?

EN(TURBO)-139

Yes
Repair or replace
the faulty parts.

No
Replace the rear
oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-45,
Rear Oxygen Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Y: DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

2
4

2 1
4 3

2
4
6

F2

1
REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR
T6

LHD : 5
RHD : 4

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

T5
B18

B: B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

*1
B122

C: B136

D: B137

RHD
LHD

B26
B19

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B : B135
20

B100
C : B136 ECM

F2
LHD

F61

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

D : B137
D8
D9

T5

2
4

B47

B100
B18

1
3

2
1

1
3

LHD

14

B47

1
3
5

C13
B17

5
3

LHD

T6

B18

BATTERY

SBF-5

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00347

EN(TURBO)-140

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.


Value fluctuates.
1)Warm-up the engine until engine coolant
temperature is above 70C (158F), and keep
the engine speed at 2,000 rpm to 3,000 rpm for
2 minutes.
2)Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
Does the value fluctuate?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
0.2 0.4 V
Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
Is the measured value within specified value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
3
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
rear oxygen sensor.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 17 (T6) No. 4:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR OXY- 0.2 V
GEN SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen
sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between rear oxygen
sensor harness connector and engine ground
or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 4 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-141

Yes
No
Using the list of
Go to step 2.
diagnostic trouble
code (DTC), check
the appropriate
DTC. <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 6.
Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
rear oxygen sensor connector.

Replace the rear


oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-45,
Rear Oxygen Sensor.>

Replace the rear


oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-45,
Rear Oxygen Sensor.>
Go to step 5.

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
rear oxygen sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
rear oxygen sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
Check the exhaust system parts.

Check
There is a fault.

NOTE:
Check the following items.
Loose installation of portions
Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front
oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
Is there a fault in exhaust system?

EN(TURBO)-142

Yes
Repair or replace
the faulty parts.

No
Replace the rear
oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-45,
Rear Oxygen Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Z: DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

T6

2 1
4 3

2
4

B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

F2

1
REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR
T6

LHD : 5
RHD : 4

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
(LHD)

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4 5 6
(RHD)

T5
B18

B: B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

*1
B122

C: B136

D: B137

RHD
LHD

B26
B19

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B : B135
20

B100
C : B136 ECM

F2
LHD

F61

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

D : B137
D8
D9

T5

2
4

B47

B100
B18

1
3

2
1

LHD

14

B18

1
3

C13
B17

5
3

LHD

BATTERY

SBF-5

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00347

EN(TURBO)-143

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

No
Replace the rear
oxygen sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-45,
Rear Oxygen Sensor.>

NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0139.

AA:DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0172. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-145, DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO
RICH (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(TURBO)-144

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AB:DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

Step
CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system?
CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of
hose on air intake system?
CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
Warning:
Place NO FIRE signs near the working
area.
Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor.
1)Release the fuel pressure.
(1) Disconnect the connector from fuel
pump relay.
(2) Start the engine and run it until it stalls.
(3) After the engine stalls, crank it for 5 more
seconds.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Connect the connector to fuel pump relay.
3)Disconnect the fuel delivery hose from fuel
filter, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
4)Install the fuel filler cap.
5)Start the engine and idle while gear position
is neutral.
6)Measure the fuel pressure while disconnecting pressure regulator vacuum hose from
intake manifold.
Is the measured value within specified value?

Check
There are not holes or loose
bolts.

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the exhaust
system.

There are not holes or loose


bolts.

Go to step 3.

Repair the air


intake system.

284 314 kPa (2.9 3.2


kg/cm2, 41 46 psi)

Go to step 4.

Repair the following items.


Fuel pressure too
high:
Clogged fuel
return line or
bent hose
Fuel pressure too
low:
Improper fuel
pump discharge
Clogged fuel
supply line

Warning:
Before removing the fuel pressure gauge,
release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
If the fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze
fuel return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel
pressure again.

EN(TURBO)-145

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
206 235 kPa (2.1 2.4
After connecting the pressure regulator vackg/cm2, 30 34 psi)
uum hose, measure fuel pressure.
Is the measured value within specified value?

Yes
Go to step 5.

Warning:
Before removing the fuel pressure gauge,
release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
If the fuel pressure does not increase,
squeeze fuel return hose 2 to 3 times, then
measure fuel pressure again.
If out of specification as measured at this step,
check or replace the pressure regulator and
pressure regulator vacuum hose.

CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 60C (140F)


SENSOR.
1)Start the engine and warm-up completely.
2)Read the data of engine coolant temperature
sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE.
1)Start the engine and warm-up engine until
coolant temperature is greater than 60C
(140F).
2)Place the shift lever in neutral position.
3)Turn the A/C switch to OFF.
4)Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
5)Read the data of mass air flow and intake air
temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select
Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value within specified value?

Go to step 6.

Ignition ON: 73.3 106.6 kPa Go to step 7.


(550 800 mmHg, 21.65
31.50 inHg) Idling: 24.0 41.3
kPa (180 310 mmHg, 7.09
12.20 inHg)

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(TURBO)-146

No
Repair the following items.
Fuel pressure too
high:
Faulty pressure regulator
Clogged fuel
return line or
bent hose
Fuel pressure too
low:
Faulty pressure regulator
Improper fuel
pump discharge
Clogged fuel
supply line
Replace the
engine coolant
temperature sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-28,
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor.>

Replace the mass


air flow and intake
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-33,
Mass Air Flow and
Intake Air Temperature Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR 10C (14F) 50C (122F)
TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1)Start the engine and warm-up engine until
coolant temperature is greater than 60C
(140F).
2)Place the shift lever in neutral position.
3)Turn the A/C switch to OFF.
4)Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
5)Open the front hood.
6)Measure the ambient temperature.
7)Read the data of mass air flow and intake air
temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select
Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.
Subtract ambient temperature from intake air
temperature.
Is the obtained value within specified value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(TURBO)-147

Yes
No
Contact with your Check the mass
Subaru distributor air flow and intake
service.
air temperature
sensor. <Ref. to
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM FU(TURBO)-33,
is required, be- Mass Air Flow and
cause
probable Intake Air Tempercause is deteriora- ature Sensor.>
tion of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AC:DTC P0230 FUEL PUMP PRIMARY CIRCUIT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
BATTERY
SBF-5

RHD

FUEL PUMP

B97

RELAY

LHD
RHD

LHD
B99

LHD

7
B61

RHD

F44

B46

R1

R3
RHD

10

LHD

R122

FUEL PUMP

7
6

CONTROLLER

RHD

LHD

RHD

LHD
R3

14
15

R2
7
8

1
3

R15

B99

B98

R57

RHD

LHD

A13

1
4
FUEL

C16

RHD

LHD
LHD

ECM

PUMP
A : B134

R58

C : B136

B97

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
A : B134

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22

B46

R122

R15

B99

R58

1 2
3 4

1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10

1
2
3 4 5 6

1
2 3
4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3
4 5 6

C : B136

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

EN(TURBO)-148

EN-00343

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT TO FUEL 10 V
PUMP CONTROLLER.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from fuel pump
controller.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between fuel pump
controller and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 10 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

Yes
Go to step 2.

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF FUEL PUMP 5


CONTROLLER.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
fuel pump controller and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 5 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Go to step 3.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP 1


CONTROLLER AND FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR.
1)Disconnect the connector from fuel pump.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
fuel pump controller and fuel pump connector.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 7 (R58) No. 1:
(R122) No. 6 (R58) No. 4:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP 1 M
CONTROLLER AND FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
fuel pump controller and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 7 Chassis ground:
(R122) No. 6 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Go to step 4.

EN(TURBO)-149

Go to step 5.

No
Repair the power
supply circuit.
NOTE:
In this case repair
the following:
Open or ground
short circuit in harness between fuel
pump relay and
fuel pump controller
Poor contact in
fuel pump controller connector
Poor contact in
fuel pump relay
connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit
between fuel pump
controller and
chassis ground
Poor contact in
fuel pump controller connector
Repair the open
circuit between
fuel pump controller and fuel pump.

Repair the ground


short circuit
between fuel pump
controller and fuel
pump.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP 1
CONTROLLER AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
fuel pump controller and ECM connector.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 9 (B134) No. 13:
(R122) No. 8 (B136) No. 16:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP


CONTROLLER AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
fuel pump controller and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R122) No. 9 Chassis ground:
(R122) No. 8 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM and fuel pump
controller connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM and fuel pump
controller connector?

Check

Yes
Go to step 6.

1 M

Go to step 7.

Poor contact occurs.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
and fuel pump
controller.

EN(TURBO)-150

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit
between fuel pump
controller and
ECM
Poor contact in
fuel pump controller and ECM connector
Repair the ground
short circuit
between fuel pump
controller and
ECM.

Replace the fuel


pump controller.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-51,
Fuel Pump Controller.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AD:DTC P0244 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID A


RANGE/PERFORMANCE
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

5
3

RHD

6
4

RHD

MAIN RELAY

LHD

LHD

7
B61

BATTERY
SBF-5
F44

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

2
1
B47

B47

1
3
5

B137

2
4
6

ECM
B137

24

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B127

1 2

2
1

B127

WASTEGATE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

EN-00354

EN(TURBO)-151

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0244.

EN(TURBO)-152

No
Replace the
wastegate control
solenoid valve.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-42,
Wastegate Control Solenoid
Valve.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AE:DTC P0245 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID A


LOW
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

5
3

RHD

6
4

RHD

MAIN RELAY

LHD

LHD

7
B61

BATTERY
SBF-5
F44

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

2
1
B47

B47

1
3
5

B137

2
4
6

ECM
B137

24

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B127

1 2

2
1

B127

WASTEGATE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

EN-00354

EN(TURBO)-153

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 24 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check
10 V

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN WASTEGATE 10


CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from wastegate
control solenoid valve and ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
wastegate control solenoid valve connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B127) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN WASTEGATE 1
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and wastegate control solenoid valve of
harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 24 (B127) No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

30 34
CHECK WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1)Remove the wastegate control solenoid
valve.
2)Measure the resistance between wastegate
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value within specified value?

EN(TURBO)-154

Yes
No
Even if MIL lights Go to step 2.
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. Contact
with your Subaru
distributor service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.
Repair the ground Go to step 3.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and wastegate control solenoid valve
connector.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
wastegate control
solenoid valve
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and wastegate control solenoid valve
connector
Replace the
wastegate control
solenoid valve.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-42,
Wastegate Control Solenoid
Valve.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO WASTEGATE 10 V
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between wastegate
control solenoid valve and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B127) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in wastegate control solenoid valve connector.
Is there poor contact in wastegate control solenoid valve connector?

EN(TURBO)-155

Yes
Go to step 6.

No
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between main
relay and wastegate control solenoid valve
connector.

Repair the poor


contact in wastegate control solenoid valve
connector.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AF:DTC P0246 TURBO/SUPER CHARGER WASTEGATE SOLENOID A


HIGH
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

5
3

RHD

6
4

RHD

MAIN RELAY

LHD

LHD

7
B61

BATTERY
SBF-5
F44

F44

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

2
1
B47

B47

1
3
5

B137

2
4
6

ECM
B137

24

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B127

1 2

2
1

B127

WASTEGATE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

EN-00354

EN(TURBO)-156

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 24 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?

Check
10 V

Poor contact occurs.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN WASTEGATE 10 V


CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from wastegate
control solenoid valve.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 24 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLE1
NOID VALVE.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance between wastegate
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK POOR CONTACT.


Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?

Poor contact occurs.

EN(TURBO)-157

Yes
Go to step 3.

No
Go to step 2.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
Repair the battery Go to step 4.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and wastegate control solenoid valve
connector. After
repair, replace the
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Replace the
wastegate control
solenoid valve
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-42,
Wastegate Control Solenoid
Valve.> and ECM
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 5.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AG:DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-159, DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4
MISFIRE DETECTED , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

AH:DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-159, DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4
MISFIRE DETECTED , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

AI: DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-159, DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4
MISFIRE DETECTED , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(TURBO)-158

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AJ:DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.)
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idling
Rough driving
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

EN(TURBO)-159

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

MAIN RELAY
6
4

B61

BATTERY

F44
SBF-5

5
3

2
1

B47

D : B137

ECM

C4

C5

C6

D1

C : B136

B100
9

B200

15

F2

11

10

1
9

12

F74

F61

E2

2
1

E17

2
1

E6

2
1

E16

2
1

E5

#1

#2

#3

#4

FUEL INJECTORS

C : B136

E5

E6

F2

E16

E17

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2

B47
1
3
5

2
4
6

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

D : B137

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

F61
1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

F44

F74

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

EN-00344

EN(TURBO)-160

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

MAIN RELAY
6
4

BATTERY
SBF-5

5
3
2
1

B47

C4

ECM

B21

12

11

10

1
9

D : B137

C5

C6

D1

C : B136

E2

2
1

E17

2
1

E6

2
1

E16

2
1

E5

#1

#2

#3

#4

FUEL INJECTORS

E5

E6

E16

E17

1 2

C : B136

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

D : B137

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B47

B21
1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

1
3
5

2
4
6

EN-00345

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

EN(TURBO)-161

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (B137) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground
():
#2 (B136) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground
():
#3 (B136) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground
():
#4 (B136) No. 4 (+) Chassis ground
():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from fuel injector
on faulty cylinders.
3)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
4)Measure the resistance between ECM connector and engine ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (E5) No. 1 Engine ground:
#2 (E16) No. 1 Engine ground:
#3 (E6) No. 1 Engine ground:
#4 (E17) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness connector
between ECM connector and fuel injector on
faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (B137) No. 1 (E5) No. 1:
#2 (B136) No. 6 (E16) No. 1:
#3 (B136) No. 5 (E6) No. 1:
#4 (B136) No. 4 (E17) No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
Measure the resistance between fuel injector
terminals on faulty cylinder.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value within specified value?

Check
10 V

Yes
Go to step 7.

No
Go to step 3.

10

Repair the ground Go to step 4.


short circuit in harness between fuel
injector and ECM
connector.

Go to step 5.

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and fuel
injector connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

5 20

EN(TURBO)-162

Go to step 6.

Replace the faulty


fuel injector. <Ref.
to FU(TURBO)-36,
Fuel Injector.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

Step
CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between fuel injector
and engine ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (E5) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
#2 (E16) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
#3 (E6) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
#4 (E17) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.


1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from fuel injector
on faulty cylinder.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (B137) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground
():
#2 (B136) No. 6 (+) Chassis ground
():
#3 (B136) No. 5 (+) Chassis ground
():
#4 (B136) No. 4 (+) Chassis ground
():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance between fuel injector
terminals on faulty cylinder.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK INSTALLATION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR/CRANKSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR.
Is the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft
position sensor loosely installed?
CHECK CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET.
Remove the timing belt cover.
Is the crankshaft sprocket rusted or does it
have broken teeth?

Check
10 V

10 V

Yes
Repair the poor
contact in all connectors in fuel
injector circuit.

No
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
main relay and fuel
injector connector
on faulty cylinders
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
main relay connector
Poor contact in
fuel injector connector on faulty
cylinders
Repair the battery Go to step 8.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and fuel
injector. After
repair, replace the
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Replace the faulty Go to step 9.


fuel injector <Ref.
to FU(TURBO)-36,
Fuel Injector.> and
ECM <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Camshaft position sensor or


crankshaft position sensor is
loosely installed.

Tighten the cam- Go to step 10.


shaft position sensor or crankshaft
position sensor.

Crankshaft sprocket is rusted


or it has broken teeth.

Replace the crank- Go to step 11.


shaft sprocket.
<Ref. to
ME(TURBO)-57,
Crankshaft
Sprocket.>

EN(TURBO)-163

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

11

12

13

14

15

Step
CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF
TIMING BELT.
Turn the crankshaft, and align alignment mark
on crankshaft sprocket with alignment mark on
cylinder block.
Is the timing belt dislocated from its proper
position?
CHECK FUEL LEVEL.
Is the fuel meter indication higher than the
Lower level?

Check
Timing belt is dislocated from
its proper position.

Fuel meter indication is higher Go to step 13.


than the Lower level.

CHECK STATUS OF CHECK ENGINE MAL- MIL is coming on or blinking.


FUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL).
1)Clear the memory using Subaru Select Monitor.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, Clear Memory
Mode.>
2)Start the engine, and drive the vehicle more
than 10 minutes.
Is the MIL coming on or blinking?
CHECK CAUSE OF MISFIRE DIAGNOSED. Cause of misfire was diagWas the cause of misfire diagnosed when the nosed.
engine is running?

CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.


Is there a fault in air intake system?

Yes
No
Repair the installa- Go to step 12.
tion condition of
timing belt. <Ref.
to ME(TURBO)48, Timing Belt
Assembly.>

There is a fault.

Go to step 15.

Finish the diagnostics operation,


if the engine has
no abnormality.

Repair the air


intake system.
NOTE:
Check the following items:
Are there air
leaks or air suction
caused by loose or
dislocated nuts
and bolts?
Are there cracks
or any disconnection of hoses?

EN(TURBO)-164

Replenish the fuel


so fuel meter indication is higher
than the Lower
level. After replenishing fuel; Go to
step 13.
Go to step 14.

Repair the poor


contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
ignition coil connector
Poor contact in
fuel injector connector on faulty
cylinders
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 16.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

16

Step
CHECK CYLINDER
Is there a fault in that cylinder?

Check
There is a fault.

EN(TURBO)-165

Yes
Repair or replace
the faulty parts.

No
Go to DTC P0171
and P0172. <Ref.
to EN(TURBO)NOTE:
Check the follow- 144, DTC P0171
SYSTEM TOO
ing items.
LEAN (BANK 1)
Spark plug
, Diagnostic Pro Fuel injector
cedure with Diag Compression
nostic Trouble
pressure
Code (DTC).>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AK:DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW INPUT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE


SENSOR)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Poor driving performance
Knocking occurs.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

KNOCK
SENSOR

E14

E14
1 2

B20
1 2 3 4
6
5
7
9 10
8

E1
B20

B135

22

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

E
EN-00355

EN(TURBO)-166

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN KNOCK SEN- 700 k
SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3)Measure the resistance between ECM harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 4 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

700 k
CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
1)Disconnect the connector from knock sensor.
2)Measure the resistance between knock sensor connector terminal and engine ground.
Terminal
No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

CHECK CONDITION OF KNOCK SENSOR


INSTALLATION.
Is the knock sensor installation bolt tightened
securely?

Bolt is tightened securely.

EN(TURBO)-167

Yes
Go to step 2.

Go to step 3.

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
knock sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
knock sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
knock sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Replace the knock Tighten the knock
sensor. <Ref. to
sensor installation
FU(TURBO)-31,
bolt securely.
Knock Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AL:DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Poor driving performance
Knocking occurs.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

KNOCK
SENSOR

E14

E14
1 2

B20
1 2 3 4
6
5
7
9 10
8

E1
B20

B135

22

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

E
EN-00355

EN(TURBO)-168

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN KNOCK SEN- 400 k
SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 4 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
400 k
CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
1)Disconnect the connector from knock sensor.
2)Measure the resistance between knock sensor connector terminal and engine ground.
Terminal
No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


1)Connect the connectors to ECM and knock
sensor.
2)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 4 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

2V

EN(TURBO)-169

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

Replace the knock


sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-31,
Knock Sensor.>

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
knock sensor connector and ECM
connector.

NOTE:
The harness between both connectors
is
shielded. Repair
the short circuit of
harness together
with shield.
Even if MIL lights Repair the poor
up, the circuit has contact in ECM
returned to a nor- connector.
mal condition at
this time. (However, the possibility
of poor contact still
remains.)
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
knock sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AM:DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

2
1

CRANKSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR

E10

E10
1 2

B20

B20

1 2 3 4
6
5
7
9 10
8

2
1

E1

B135

11
2
21

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00356

EN(TURBO)-170

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANK100 k
SHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from crankshaft
position sensor.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
crankshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E10) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

10
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
crankshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E10) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANK5


SHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
crankshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E10) No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT PO- Bolt is tightened securely.


SITION SENSOR.
Is the crankshaft position sensor installation
bolt tightened securely?
CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. 1 4 k
1)Remove the crankshaft position sensor.
2)Measure the resistance between connector
terminals of crankshaft position sensor.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value within specified value?

EN(TURBO)-171

Yes
No
Repair the harGo to step 2.
ness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
crankshaft position sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground Go to step 3.
short circuit in harness between
crankshaft position sensor and
ECM connector.
NOTE:
The harness between both connectors
are
shielded. Repair
ground short circuit
in harness together with shield.
Go to step 4.
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
crankshaft position sensor and
ECM connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 5.
Tighten the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt
securely.
Repair the poor
Replace the crankcontact in crank- shaft position senshaft position sen- sor. <Ref. to
sor connector.
FU(TURBO)-29,
Crankshaft Position Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AN:DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT RANGE/


PERFORMANCE
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

2
1

CRANKSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR

E10

E10
1 2

B20

B20

1 2 3 4
6
5
7
9 10
8

2
1

E1

B135

11
2
21

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00356

EN(TURBO)-172

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

CHECK CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT PO- Bolt is tightened securely.


SITION SENSOR.
Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
Is the crankshaft position sensor installation
bolt tightened securely?
Crankshaft sprocket teeth are
CHECK CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET.
cracked or damaged.
Remove the front belt cover.
Are the crankshaft sprocket teeth cracked or
damaged?

CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF


Timing belt is dislocated from
TIMING BELT.
its proper position.
Turn the crankshaft, and align alignment mark
on crankshaft sprocket with alignment mark on
cylinder block.
Is the timing belt dislocated from its proper
position?

EN(TURBO)-173

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 3.
Tighten the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt
securely.
Replace the crankshaft sprocket.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-29,
Crankshaft Position Sensor.>
Repair the installation condition of
timing belt. <Ref.
to ME(TURBO)48, Timing Belt
Assembly.>

Go to step 4.

Replace the crankshaft position sensor. <Ref. to


FU(TURBO)-29,
Crankshaft Position Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AO:DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR


SINGLE SENSOR)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

2
1

CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR

E15

E15
1 2

B20

B20

1 2 3 4
6
5
7
9 10
8

4
3

E1

B135

10
1
21

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00357

EN(TURBO)-174

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT 100 k
POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from camshaft
position sensor.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
camshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E15) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT


POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
camshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E15) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

10

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT


POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
camshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E15) No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

CHECK CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSI- Bolt is tightened securely.


TION SENSOR.
Is the camshaft position sensor installation bolt
tightened securely?
1 4 k
CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1)Remove the camshaft position sensor.
2)Measure the resistance between connector
terminals of camshaft position sensor.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value within specified value?

EN(TURBO)-175

Yes
No
Repair the harGo to step 2.
ness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
camshaft position
sensor and ECM
connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground Go to step 3.
short circuit in harness between
camshaft position
sensor and ECM
connector.
NOTE:
The harness between both connectors
are
shielded. Repair
the ground short
circuit in harness
together
with
shield.
Go to step 4.
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
camshaft position
sensor and ECM
connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 5.
Tighten the camshaft position sensor installation bolt
securely.
Repair the poor
Replace the camcontact in camshaft position senshaft position sen- sor. <Ref. to
sor connector.
FU(TURBO)-30,
Camshaft Position
Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AP:DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

2
1

CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR

E15

E15
1 2

B20

B20

1 2 3 4
6
5
7
9 10
8

4
3

E1

B135

10
1
21

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00357

EN(TURBO)-176

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT 100 k


POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from camshaft
position sensor.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
camshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E15) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT


POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
camshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E15) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

10

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT


POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
camshaft position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E15) No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSI- Bolt is tightened securely.


TION SENSOR.
Is the camshaft position sensor installation bolt
tightened securely?

EN(TURBO)-177

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 3.
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
camshaft position
sensor and ECM
connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground Go to step 4.
short circuit in harness between
camshaft position
sensor and ECM
connector.
NOTE:
The harness between both connectors
are
shielded. Repair
ground short circuit
in harness together with shield.
Go to step 5.
Repair the harness and connector.

Go to step 6.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
camshaft position
sensor and ECM
connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Tighten the camshaft position sensor installation bolt
securely.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1)Remove the camshaft position sensor.
2)Measure the resistance between connector
terminals of camshaft position sensor.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value within specified value?
CHECK CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
Is the camshaft position sensor installation bolt
tightened securely?
CHECK CAMSHAFT SPROCKET.
Remove the front belt cover. <Ref. to
ME(SOHC)-45, Belt Cover.>
Are the camshaft sprocket teeth cracked or
damaged?
CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF
TIMING BELT.
Turn the camshaft, and align alignment mark
on camshaft sprocket with alignment mark on
timing belt cover LH.
Is the timing belt dislocated from its proper
position?

1 4 k

Check

Yes
Go to step 7.

No
Replace the camshaft position sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-30,
Camshaft Position
Sensor.>

Bolt is tightened securely.

Go to step 8.

Tighten the camshaft position sensor installation bolt


securely.

Camshaft sprocket teeth are


cracked or damaged.

Replace the camshaft sprocket.


<Ref. to
ME(TURBO)-56,
Camshaft
Sprocket.>
Repair the installation condition of
timing belt. <Ref.
to ME(TURBO)48, Timing Belt
Assembly.>

Go to step 9.

Timing belt is dislocated from


its proper position.

EN(TURBO)-178

Replace the camshaft position sensor. <Ref. to


FU(TURBO)-30,
Camshaft Position
Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AQ:DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD


(BANK 1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine stalls.
Idle mixture is out of specifications.

RHD

MAIN RELAY

14

LHD

6
4

B100

5
3

BATTERY

LHD

F2

B262

3
4

T6

B47

D29
D19

2
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

REAR OXYGEN
SENSOR

D4
D5

T5

B18

2
1

LHD : 5
RHD : 4

3
B17

T5

B19
B26

B18

*1

B: B135

B262

T6

2 1
4 3

2 1
4 3

B47
1
3
5

2
4
6

C: B136

(LHD)

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

D: B137 ECM

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

D18

B122

C13

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B:

B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22
D:

1 2 3 4 5 6

C:

B136

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

B137

(RHD)

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

EN-00358

EN(TURBO)-179

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.


Check for gas leaks or air suction caused by
loose or dislocated nuts and bolts, and open
hole at exhaust pipes.

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

There is a fault.

NOTE:
Check the following positions.
Between cylinder head and front exhaust pipe
Between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic
converter
Between front catalytic converter and rear catalytic converter
Is there a fault in exhaust system?
There is damage.
CHECK REAR CATALYTIC CONVERTER.
Separate the rear catalytic converter from rear
exhaust pipe.
Is there damage at rear face of rear catalyst?

CHECK FRONT CATALYTIC CONVERTER.


Remove the front catalytic converter.
Is there damage at rear face or front face of
front catalyst?

There is damage.

EN(TURBO)-180

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0420.
Repair or replace Go to step 3.
the exhaust system. <Ref. to
EX(TURBO)-2,
General Description.>

Replace the front


catalytic converter. <Ref. to
EC(TURBO)-3,
Front Catalytic
Converter.> and
rear catalytic converter <Ref. to
EC(TURBO)-4,
Rear Catalytic
Converter.>
Replace the front
catalytic converter. <Ref. to
EC(TURBO)-3,
Front Catalytic
Converter.>

Go to step 4.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AR:DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

6
4

RHD

MAIN RELAY

LHD

5
3

SBF-5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

LHD

7
B61

F2

BATTERY

F44

2
1
F44

B47
B47

1
3
5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

ECM

16

B137

2
4
6

B137

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

LHD

RHD
LHD

RHD

B200
15

B100

F74

1
5
9
13

LHD

LHD

F2

RHD

RHD

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

E4
: LHD

B21

: RHD

1
2

F61

1 2

E4

F74

1
2

E2

E
PURGE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-00359

EN(TURBO)-181

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check
10 V

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PURGE CON- 10


TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from purge control solenoid valve and ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
purge control solenoid valve connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E4) No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PURGE CON- 1
TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and purge control solenoid valve of harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 16 (E4) No. 2:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID


10 100
VALVE.
1)Remove the purge control solenoid valve.
2)Measure the resistance between purge control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value within specified value?

EN(TURBO)-182

Yes
No
Even if MIL lights Go to step 2.
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. Contact
with your Subaru
distributor service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.
Repair the ground Go to step 3.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and purge
control solenoid
valve connector.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
purge control solenoid valve connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and purge
control solenoid
valve connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Replace the purge
control solenoid
valve. <Ref. to
EC(TURBO)-7,
Purge Control
Solenoid Valve.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO PURGE CON- 10 V
TROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between purge control
solenoid valve and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E4) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in purge control solenoid
valve connector.
Is there poor contact in purge control solenoid
valve connector?

EN(TURBO)-183

Yes
Go to step 6.

No
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between main
relay and purge
control solenoid
valve connector.

Repair the poor


contact in purge
control solenoid
valve connector.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AS:DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

6
4

RHD

MAIN RELAY

LHD

5
3

SBF-5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

LHD

7
B61

F2

BATTERY

F44

2
1
F44

B47
B47

1
3
5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

ECM

16

B137

2
4
6

B137

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

LHD

RHD
LHD

RHD

B200
15

B100

F74

1
5
9
13

LHD

LHD

F2

RHD

RHD

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

E4
: LHD

B21

: RHD

1
2

F61

1 2

E4

F74

1
2

E2

E
PURGE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN-00359

EN(TURBO)-184

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
0 13 V
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Connect the test mode connector at the
lower portion of instrument panel (on the
driver's side).
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)While operating the purge control solenoid
valve, measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.

Check

NOTE:
Purge control solenoid valve operation can be
executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. For
procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-50,
Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value within specified value?
10 V
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
Poor contact occurs.
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check the poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PURGE CON- 10 V


TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from purge control
solenoid valve.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 16 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
1
VALVE.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance between purge control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?

Poor contact occurs.

EN(TURBO)-185

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Even if MIL lights
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. In this
case, repair the
poor contact in
ECM connector.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 3.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
Repair the battery Go to step 5.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and purge
control solenoid
valve connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Replace the purge


control solenoid
valve <Ref. to
EC(TURBO)-7,
Purge Control
Solenoid Valve.>
and ECM <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 6.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AT:DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model
No.14

SBF-4
4

SBF-1

IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY

B72
5

B37

B9

i2

B10

C1

28

16

FUEL
GAUGE

COMBINATION
METER
B:

i10

C:

i11

i3
B38
B135
25

ECM

B100
9

B99

F2

R3

16

R15

F61
E2

R57

3
5

R59

1
2

FUEL SUB
LEVEL SENSOR

R58
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

B72

R59

R58

B99

R15

1 2
3 4

1 2

1 2 3
4 5 6

2 3
1
4 5 6 7 8

2
1
3 4 5 6

F61

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

i10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

i11

B37

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

C:

4
8
12
16

B:

B135

B38

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

EN-00360

EN(TURBO)-186

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model
No.14

SBF-4
4

SBF-1

IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY

B72

16

B38

B9

i3

B10

C1

20

FUEL
GAUGE

COMBINATION
METER
B:

i10

C:

i11

i3
B38
B135
25

ECM

17

B98
16

R2

B21
E2

R15
R57

3
5

R59

1
2

FUEL SUB
LEVEL SENSOR

R58
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

B72

R59

R58

1 2
3 4

1 2

1 2 3
4 5 6

B:

i10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

i3

B21

R15

2
1
3 4 5 6

C:

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B98

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

i11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

EN-00361

EN(TURBO)-187

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0461.

EN(TURBO)-188

No
Replace the fuel
level sensor. <Ref.
to FU(TURBO)-61,
Fuel Level Sensor.> and fuel sub
level sensor <Ref.
to FU(TURBO)-62,
Fuel Sub Level
Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AU:DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model
No.14

SBF-4
4

SBF-1

IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY

B72
5

B37

B9

i2

B10

C1

28

16

FUEL
GAUGE

COMBINATION
METER
B:

i10

C:

i11

i3
B38
B135
25

ECM

B100
9

B99

F2

R3

16

R15

F61
E2

R57

3
5

R59

1
2

FUEL SUB
LEVEL SENSOR

R58
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

B72

R59

R58

B99

R15

1 2
3 4

1 2

1 2 3
4 5 6

2 3
1
4 5 6 7 8

2
1
3 4 5 6

F61

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

i10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

i11

B37

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

C:

4
8
12
16

B:

B135

B38

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

EN-00360

EN(TURBO)-189

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model
No.14

SBF-4
4

SBF-1

IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY

B72

16

B38

B9

i3

B10

C1

20

FUEL
GAUGE

COMBINATION
METER
B:

i10

C:

i11

i3
B38
B135
25

ECM

17

B98
16

R2

B21
E2

R15
R57

3
5

R59

1
2

FUEL SUB
LEVEL SENSOR

R58
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

B72

R59

R58

1 2
3 4

1 2

1 2 3
4 5 6

B:

i10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

i3

B21

R15

2
1
3 4 5 6

C:

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B98

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

i11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

EN-00361

EN(TURBO)-190

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND TACHOMETER OPERATION IN COMBINATION
METER.
Does the speedometer and tachometer operate normally?

Check
Yes
Speedometer and tachometer Go to step 2.
operate normally.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


0.12 V
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON. (engine OFF)
2)Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING 0.12 V
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR.)
Read the data of fuel level sensor signal using
Subaru Select Monitor.

Go to step 4.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage change less than specified
value?

0.12 V
CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Separate the fuel tank cord connector (R57)
and rear wiring harness connector (R15).
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
1 M
COMBINATION METER.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from connector
(i10), (i11) and ECM connector.
3)Measure the resistance between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-191

Go to step 5.

Go to step 7.

No
Repair or replace
the combination
meter. <Ref. to
IDI-3, Combination Meter System.>
Go to step 3.

Even if MIL lights


up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
combination meter
connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connectors
Go to step 6.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
ECM and combination meter connector.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
COMBINATION METER.
Measure the resistance between ECM and
combination meter connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 (i12) No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.


1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from fuel sub level
sensor.
3)Measure the resistance between fuel sub
level sensor and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R59) No. 1 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
1)Disconnect the connector from fuel pump
assembly.
2)Measure the resistance between fuel pump
assembly and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R59) No. 2 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.
1)Remove the fuel pump assembly. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-59, Fuel Pump.>
2)Measure the resistance between fuel level
sensor and terminals with its float set to the full
position.
Terminals
No. 3 No. 5:
Is the measured value within specified value?
CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR.
1)Remove the fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-62, Fuel Sub Level Sensor.>
2)Measure the resistance between fuel sub
level sensor and terminals with its float set to
the full position.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value within specified value?

Check
10

Yes
Repair or replace
the combination
meter. <Ref. to
IDI-3, Combination Meter System.>

No
Repair the open
circuit between
ECM and combination meter connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in fuel
tank cord.

1 M

Go to step 8.

1 M

Go to step 9.

Repair the ground


short circuit in fuel
tank cord.

0.5 2.5

Go to step 10.

Replace the fuel


level sensor.

0.5 2.5

Repair the poor


Replace the fuel
contact in harness sub level sensor.
between ECM and
combination meter
connector.

EN(TURBO)-192

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AV:DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model
No.14

SBF-4
4

SBF-1

IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY

B72
5

B37

B9

i2

B10

C1

28

16

FUEL
GAUGE

COMBINATION
METER
B:

i10

C:

i11

i3
B38
B135
25

ECM

B100
9

B99

F2

R3

16

R15

F61
E2

R57

3
5

R59

1
2

FUEL SUB
LEVEL SENSOR

R58
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

B72

R59

R58

B99

R15

1 2
3 4

1 2

1 2 3
4 5 6

2 3
1
4 5 6 7 8

2
1
3 4 5 6

F61

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

i10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

i11

B37

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

C:

4
8
12
16

B:

B135

B38

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

EN-00360

EN(TURBO)-193

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model
No.14

SBF-4
4

SBF-1

IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY

B72

16

B38

B9

i3

B10

C1

20

FUEL
GAUGE

COMBINATION
METER
B:

i10

C:

i11

i3
B38
B135
25

ECM

17

B98
16

R2

B21
E2

R15
R57

3
5

R59

1
2

FUEL SUB
LEVEL SENSOR

R58
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

B72

R59

R58

1 2
3 4

1 2

1 2 3
4 5 6

B:

i10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

i3

B21

R15

2
1
3 4 5 6

C:

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B98

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

B135

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

i11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

EN-00361

EN(TURBO)-194

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND TACHOMETER OPERATION IN COMBINATION
METER.
Does the speedometer and tachometer operate normally?

Check
Yes
Speedometer and tachometer Go to step 2.
operate normally.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


4.75 V
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON. (engine OFF)
2)Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.


4.75 V
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the combination meter connector
(i11) and ECM connector.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage of harness between
ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
5
FUEL TANK CORD.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Separate the fuel tank cord connector (R57)
and rear wiring harness connector (R15).
3)Measure the resistance between ECM and
fuel tank cord.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 25 (R15) No. 2:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TANK 5
CORD AND CHASSIS GROUND.
Measure the resistance between fuel tank cord
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R15) No. 6 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-195

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

No
Repair or replace
the combination
meter. <Ref. to
IDI-3, Combination Meter System.>
Even if MIL lights
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
fuel pump connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the battery
short circuit
between ECM and
combination meter
connector.

Go to step 5.

Repair the open


circuit between
ECM and fuel tank
cord.

Go to step 6.

Repair the open


circuit between
fuel tank cord and
chassis ground.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
coupling connectors

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

Step
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
1)Disconnect the connector from fuel level sensor.
2)Measure the resistance between fuel level
sensor and coupling connector.
Connector & terminal
(R57) No. 6 (R58) No. 5:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
1)Disconnect the connector from fuel sub level
sensor.
2)Measure the resistance between fuel level
sensor and fuel sub level sensor.
Connector & terminal
(R58) No. 3 (R59) No. 2:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
Measure the resistance between fuel sub level
sensor and coupling connector.
Connector & terminal
(R57) No. 2 (R59) No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.
1)Remove the fuel pump assembly. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-59, Fuel Pump.>
2)While moving the fuel level sensor float up
and down, measure the resistance between
fuel level sensor terminals.
Terminals
No. 3 No. 5:

10

Check

Yes
Go to step 7.

No
Repair the open
circuit between
coupling connector
and fuel level sensor.

10

Go to step 8.

Repair the open


circuit between
fuel level sensor
and fuel sub level
sensor.

10

Go to step 9.

Repair the open


circuit between
coupling connector
and fuel sub level
sensor.

53

Replace the fuel


Go to step 10.
level sensor. <Ref.
to FU(TURBO)-61,
Fuel Level Sensor.>

Is the measured value more than specified


value?
45
CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR.
1)Remove the fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-62, Fuel Sub Level Sensor.>
2)While moving the fuel sub level sensor float
up and down, measure the resistance between
fuel sub level sensor terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 2:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-196

Replace the fuel


sub level sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-62,
Fuel Sub Level
Sensor.>

Replace the combination meter.


<Ref. to IDI-12,
Combination
Meter Assembly.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AW:DTC P0483 COOLING FAN RATIONALITY CHECK


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Occurrence of noise
Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
NOTE:
If the vehicle, with the engine idling, is placed very close to a wall or another vehicle, preventing normal cooling function, the OBD system may detect malfunction.

EN(TURBO)-197

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
BATTERY
SBF-1

B72 IGNITION
SWITCH
SBF-4

NO.17

NO.18

AIR CONDITIONING
RELAY HOLDER

AIR CONDITIONING
RELAY HOLDER

20A

20A

FAN
RELAY-1

31
34
32
30

28
25
27
29

FAN
RELAY-2

F27

FAN
MODE
RELAY

5
7
8

MAIN FAN
MOTOR

* 21
*

F27
SUB FAN
MOTOR

B100

2
1

F2

2
1

D17
D28

F17

F16

LHD : 10
RHD : 7

LHD : 11
RHD : 19

ENGINE
D: B137 CONTROL
MODULE

B72

F16

(BLACK)

1 2
3 4

F17

(BLACK)

F2

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

2 1

D: B137

1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33
34 35

F27

20
30
5 6 7
25 26 27
15 16 17
10
35
21
31
18
8
11
28
22 23 24
32 33 34 36
29
12 13 14
19
9
RELAY HOLDER (BLACK)

EN-00362

EN(TURBO)-198

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

EN(TURBO)-199

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>

No
Check the radiator
fan, fan motor and
thermostat. <Ref.
to CO(SOHC)-34,
Radiator Main Fan
and Fan Motor.>
and <Ref. to
CO(SOHC)-40,
Radiator Sub Fan
and Fan Motor.> If
thermostat is
stuck, replace
thermostat.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AX:DTC P0502 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B157
IGNITION
RELAY

BATTERY
No.5

* 12
*
B157

9 14 15 16 19 24 25 26 29 34 35 36
10
17
20
27
30
37
11 12 13 18 21 22 23 28 31 32 33 38

LHD : 10
RHD : 38
i3

LHD : 9
RHD : 37

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

B37

*1
*2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR

1
2

B17
F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
AT

17
i3

COMBINATION
METER

MT

B38

RHD

i10
12

RHD

RHD

LHD

TCM

i10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

B100

LHD

LHD

18

F2

B37

B56
LHD

i2

B56

B17
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

RHD

: LHD

B21

7 8 9
16 17 18
22 23 24

1 2
3 4

: RHD

16

F61

5 6
14 15

E2
B134
B134 ECM

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22

1
5
9
13

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

EN-00363

Step
CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.
Is the transmission type AT?

Check
Transmission type is AT.

EN(TURBO)-200

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 4.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TCM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
TCM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
TCM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B56) No. 17 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT
Check poor contact in TCM connector.
Is there poor contact in TCM connector?
CHECK HARENESS BETWEEN VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from vehicle
speed sensor and ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
vehicle speed sensor connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B17) No. 1 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT
Check poor contact in the vehicle speed sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in the vehicle speed sensor connector?

Check
1 M

Poor contact occurs.

1 M

Poor contact occurs.

EN(TURBO)-201

Yes
Go to step 3.

No
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM
connector.

Repair poor contact in TCM connector.


Go to step 5.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
vehicle speed sensor and ECM connector.

Repair poor contact in the vehicle


speed sensor connector.

Replace the vehicle speed sensor.


<Ref. to MT-46,
Vehicle Speed
Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AY:DTC P0503 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INTERMITTENT/ERRATIC/HIGH


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B157
IGNITION
RELAY

BATTERY
No.5

* 12
*
B157

9 14 15 16 19 24 25 26 29 34 35 36
10
17
20
27
30
37
11 12 13 18 21 22 23 28 31 32 33 38

LHD : 10
RHD : 38
i3

LHD : 9
RHD : 37

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

B37

*1
*2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR

1
2

B17
F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
AT

17
i3

COMBINATION
METER

MT

B38

RHD

i10
12

RHD

RHD

LHD

TCM

i10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

B100

LHD

LHD

18

F2

B37

B56
LHD

i2

B56

B17
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

RHD

: LHD

B21

7 8 9
16 17 18
22 23 24

1 2
3 4

: RHD

16

F61

5 6
14 15

E2
B134
B134 ECM

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22

1
5
9
13

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

EN-00363

Step
CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.
Is the transmission type AT?

Check
Transmission type is AT.

EN(TURBO)-202

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 3.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
Step
CHECK DTC P0720 ON DISPLAY.
Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0720?

Check
DTC P0720 is indicated.

CHECK SPEEDOMETER OPERATION IN


COMBINATION METER.
Does the speedometer operate normally?

Speedometer operates normally.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


10
COMBINATION METER CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from combination
meter.
3)Measure the resistance between ECM and
combination meter.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 1 (i10) No. 12:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-203

Yes
No
Check the front
Go to step 3.
vehicle speed sensor signal circuit.
<Ref. to AT-54,
DTC 33 FRONT
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR, Diagnostic Procedure
with Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 4.
Check the speedometer. <Ref. to
IDI-15, Speedometer.>
Repair the poor
Repair the harcontact in ECM
ness and connecconnector.
tor.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and combination meter connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
combination meter
connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

AZ:DTC P0506 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine is difficult to start.
Engine does not start.
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

6
4

RHD

MAIN RELAY

LHD

5
3

B61

RHD

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

LHD

F44

LHD

2
1

F2

BATTERY
SBF-5

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

B47

B47

1
3
5

15

B100
1
5
9
13

LHD

F2

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

2
4
6

RHD

: LHD

B21

: RHD

F61

E7

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3

E2

F44

IDLE
AIR CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

E7

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

1
3

LHD

12

12

F61

RHD

E2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B22
RHD

20

F74

F74
E3

B200

10

LHD

B136
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

B136 ECM

E
EN-00364

EN(TURBO)-204

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID


Air flows out.
VALVE.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Remove the idle air control solenoid valve
from throttle body. <Ref. to FU(TURBO)-35,
REMOVAL, Idle Air Control Solenoid Valve.>
3)Using an air gun, force air into the idle air
control solenoid valve by-pass air inlet. Confirm that forced air subsequently escapes from
both main air passage and assist air passage.
Does air flow out?
60 %
CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE DUTY RATIO.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Start the engine, and warm-up the engine.
3)Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
4)Read the data of idle air control solenoid
valve duty ratio using Subaru Select Monitor or
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK BY-PASS AIR LINE.
Air flows out.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Remove the idle air control solenoid valve
from throttle body. <Ref. to FU(TURBO)-35,
REMOVAL, Idle Air Control Solenoid Valve.>
3)Remove the throttle body to intake manifold.
<Ref. to FU(TURBO)-13, REMOVAL, Throttle
Body.>
4)Using an air gun, force air into the solenoid
valve installation area and throttle valve interior. Confirm that forced air subsequently
escapes from both these areas.
Does air flow out?

EN(TURBO)-205

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0506.
Go to step 4.
Replace the idle
air control solenoid
valve. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-35,
Idle Air Control
Solenoid Valve.>
After replace, Go
to step 3.

Go to step 4.

END.

Replace the idle


air control solenoid
valve. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-35,
Idle Air Control
Solenoid Valve.>

Replace the throttle body. <Ref. to


FU(TURBO)-13,
Throttle Body.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BA:DTC P0507 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified idling revolution.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

6
4

RHD

MAIN RELAY

LHD

5
3

B61

RHD

SBF-5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

LHD

F44

LHD

2
1

F2

BATTERY

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

B47

B47

1
3
5

15

B100
1
5
9
13

LHD

F2

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

2
4
6

RHD

: LHD

B21

: RHD

F61

E7

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3

E2

F44

IDLE
AIR CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

E7

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

1
3

LHD

12

12

F61

RHD

E2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B22
RHD

20

F74

F74
E3

B200

10

LHD

B136
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

B136 ECM

E
EN-00364

EN(TURBO)-206

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Throttle cable has play.

CHECK THROTTLE CABLE.


Does the throttle cable have play for adjustment?

CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.


There is a fault.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Start the engine, and idle it.
3)Check the following items.
Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air
control solenoid valve and throttle body
Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control solenoid valve gasket and throttle body
gasket
Disconnections of vacuum hoses
Is there a fault in air intake system?

EN(TURBO)-207

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0507.
Go to step 3.
Adjust the throttle
cable. <Ref. to
SP(SOHC)-9,
INSTALLATION,
Accelerator Control Cable.>
Repair the air suc- Replace the idle
tion and leaks.
air control solenoid
valve. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-35,
Idle Air Control
Solenoid Valve.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BB:DTC P0508 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT LOW


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Engine breathing
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

6
4

RHD

MAIN RELAY

LHD

5
3

B61

RHD

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

LHD

F44

LHD

2
1

F2

BATTERY
SBF-5

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

B47

B47

1
3
5

15

B100
1
5
9
13

LHD

F2

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

2
4
6

RHD

: LHD

B21

: RHD

F61

E7

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3

E2

F44

IDLE
AIR CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

E7

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

1
3

LHD

12

12

F61

RHD

E2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B22
RHD

20

F74

F74
E3

B200

10

LHD

B136
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

B136 ECM

E
EN-00364

EN(TURBO)-208

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
3V
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 10 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO IDLE AIR CON- 10 V
TROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from idle air control solenoid valve.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between idle air control
solenoid valve and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E7) No. 2 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


1
IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and idle air control solenoid valve connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 10 (E7) No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
10
IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 10 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF IDLE AIR
5
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
Measure the resistance of harness between
idle air control solenoid valve connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E7) No. 3 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in ECM and idle air control
solenoid valve connectors.
Is there poor contact in ECM and idle air control solenoid valve connectors?

EN(TURBO)-209

Yes
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector.

No
Go to step 2.

Go to step 3.

Repair the harness and connector.

Go to step 4.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
idle air control
solenoid valve and
main relay connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and idle air
control solenoid
valve connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground Go to step 5.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and idle air
control solenoid
valve connector.

Go to step 6.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between idle air
control solenoid
valve connector
and engine ground
cable.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
and idle air control
solenoid valve
connectors.

Replace the idle


air control solenoid
valve. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-35,
Idle Air Control
Solenoid Valve.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BC:DTC P0509 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT HIGH


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Engine breathing
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

6
4

RHD

MAIN RELAY

LHD

5
3

B61

RHD

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

LHD

F44

LHD

2
1

F2

BATTERY
SBF-5

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

B47

B47

1
3
5

15

B100
1
5
9
13

LHD

F2

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

2
4
6

RHD

: LHD

B21

: RHD

F61

E7

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3

E2

F44

IDLE
AIR CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

E7

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

1
3

LHD

12

12

F61

RHD

E2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B22
RHD

20

F74

F74
E3

B200

10

LHD

B136
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

B136 ECM

E
EN-00364

EN(TURBO)-210

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK THROTTLE CABLE.
Does the throttle cable have play for adjustment?

Check
Throttle cable has play.

Yes
Go to step 2.

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.


1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 10 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from idle air control solenoid valve.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 10 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

10 V

Go to step 3.

10 V

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between
ECM and idle air
control solenoid
valve connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
Repair the battery
short circuit in harness between
ECM and idle air
control solenoid
valve connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

10 V
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 10 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-211

No
Adjust the throttle
cable. <Ref. to
SP(SOHC)-9,
INSTALLATION,
Accelerator Control Cable.>
Go to step 4.

Replace the idle


air control solenoid
valve. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-35,
Idle Air Control
Solenoid Valve.>
and ECM <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BD:DTC P0512 STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY
SBF-1

SBF-4

IGNITION
SWITCH

B72

P R N D 3
AT
MT

T3

T7

MT

B12

12
7

12
11

AT
B134 ECM

16
B14

STARTER
MOTOR

B72

1 2
3 4

B134

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22

B12

T7

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12

EN-00338

EN(TURBO)-212

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. Starter motor operates.
Does the starter motor operate when ignition
switch is turned to ON?

EN(TURBO)-213

Yes
Repair the battery
short circuit in
starter motor circuit. After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

No
Check the starter
motor circuit. <Ref.
to EN(TURBO)-62,
STARTER
MOTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics
for Engine Starting Failure.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BE:DTC P0518 STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

BATTERY
SBF-1

SBF-4

IGNITION
SWITCH

B72

P R N D 3
AT
MT

T3

T7

MT

B12

12
7

12
11

AT
B134 ECM

16
B14

STARTER
MOTOR

B72

1 2
3 4

B134

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22

B12

T7

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12

EN-00338

EN(TURBO)-214

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. Starter motor operates.
Does the starter motor operate when ignition
switch is turned to START?

EN(TURBO)-215

Yes
No
Repair the harCheck the starter
ness and connec- motor circuit. <Ref.
tor.
to EN(TURBO)-62,
STARTER
NOTE:
In this case, repair MOTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics
the following:
Open or ground for Engine Startshort circuit in har- ing Failure.>
ness between
ECM and starter
motor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BF:DTC P0519 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION (FAIL-SAFE)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified idling revolution.
Fuel is cut according to fail-safe function.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

RHD

6
4

RHD

MAIN RELAY

LHD

5
3

B61

RHD

SBF-5

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

LHD

F44

LHD

2
1

F2

BATTERY

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

B47

B47

1
3
5

15

B100
1
5
9
13

LHD

F2

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

2
4
6

RHD

: LHD

B21

: RHD

F61

E7

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1 2 3

E2

F44

IDLE
AIR CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

E7

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1 2

1
3

LHD

12

12

F61

RHD

E2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

B22
RHD

20

F74

F74
E3

B200

10

LHD

B136
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

B136 ECM

E
EN-00364

EN(TURBO)-216

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

There is a fault.
CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Start the engine, and idle it.
3)Check the following items.
Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air
control solenoid valve and throttle body
Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control solenoid valve gasket and throttle body
gasket
Disconnections of vacuum hoses
Is there a fault in air intake system?
Throttle cable has play.
CHECK THROTTLE CABLE.
Does the throttle cable have play for adjustment?

Foreign particles are in byCHECK AIR BY-PASS LINE.


1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
pass air line.
2)Remove the idle air control solenoid valve
from throttle body. <Ref. to FU(TURBO)-35,
Idle Air Control Solenoid Valve.>
3)Confirm that there are no foreign particles in
by-pass air line.
Are foreign particles in by-pass air line?

EN(TURBO)-217

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P0519.
Repair the air suc- Go to step 3.
tion and leaks.

Go to step 4.

Adjust the throttle


cable. <Ref. to
SP(SOHC)-9,
INSTALLATION,
Accelerator Control Cable.>
Remove the forReplace the idle
eign particles from air control solenoid
by-pass air line.
valve. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-35,
Idle Air Control
Solenoid Valve.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BG:DTC P0545 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Hard to start
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B122
EXHAUST GAS
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
2

(LHD)
1 2 3 4 5 6

B279

(RHD)

B136
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

LHD : 7
RHD : 6

B279
1 2

*1

16
19

B122

B136 ECM

EN-00365

EN(TURBO)-218

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of exhaust gas temperature
sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check
1200C (2192F)

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EXHAUST
372C (702F)
GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from exhaust gas
temperature sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Read the data of exhaust gas temperature
sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

EN(TURBO)-219

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the poor
contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
exhaust gas temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
joint connector

Replace the
exhaust gas temperature sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-47,
Exhaust Temperature Sensor.>

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
exhaust gas temperature sensor
and ECM connector.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BH:DTC P0546 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Hard to start
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B122
EXHAUST GAS
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
2

(LHD)
1 2 3 4 5 6

B279

(RHD)

B136
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

LHD : 7
RHD : 6

B279
1 2

*1

16
19

B122

B136 ECM

EN-00365

EN(TURBO)-220

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of exhaust gas temperature
sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or
OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check
372C (702F)

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
10 V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EXHAUST
GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from exhaust gas
temperature sensor.
3)Measure the voltage between exhaust gas
temperature sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B279) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EXHAUST
10 V
GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between exhaust gas
temperature sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B279) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
4V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EXHAUST
GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
Measure the voltage between exhaust gas
temperature sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B279) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-221

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the poor
contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
exhaust gas temperature sensor
Poor contact in
ECM
Poor contact in
joint connector

Repair the battery Go to step 3.


short circuit in harness between
ECM and exhaust
gas temperature
sensor connector.

Repair the battery Go to step 4.


short circuit in harness between
ECM and exhaust
gas temperature
sensor connector.

Go to step 5.

Repair the harness and connector.


NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and exhaust
gas temperature
sensor connector
Poor contact in
exhaust gas temperature sensor
connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
joint connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EXHAUST
5
GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
exhaust gas temperature sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(B279) No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

EN(TURBO)-222

Yes
Replace the
exhaust gas temperature sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-47,
Exhaust Temperature Sensor.>

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and exhaust
gas temperature
sensor connector
Poor contact in
exhaust gas temperature sensor
connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
joint connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BI: DTC P0558 GENERATOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


CAUTION:
For diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0559. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-224, DTC P0559 GENERATOR
CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>.

EN(TURBO)-223

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BJ:DTC P0559 GENERATOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B137
ECM

3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

11

B137

F2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

F26

1 2 3
6

B100
F2

F26

GENERATOR

EN-00843

EN(TURBO)-224

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN GENERATOR 1 M
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from generator
and ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
generator connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(F26) No. 3 Engine ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN GENERATOR 1
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and generator of harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 11 (F26) No. 3:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

EN(TURBO)-225

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and purge
control solenoid
valve connector.

Repair poor contact in connector.

Repair the open


circuit in harness
between ECM and
generator connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and generator connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BK:DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY


(RAM) ERROR
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Engine does not start.
Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

EN(TURBO)-226

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

MAIN RELAY
B100

F2

TO FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR

4
6

14
SBF-5

5
3

7
B61

F44

B72 IGNITION
SWITCH

2
1

BATTERY

No.11

SBF-4

B47

A2
D2
D3
D10
A14

SBF-1

A : B134
C : B136
ECM
D : B137
B84

MT

E1

A22
C17
D8
D9
A7
A15

C8
C18

E:

B100
9
F2

16

20
3

8
15

13
14

F74

11
10

B200

F61
E2

E : B84

B47

B72

1
3
5

1 2
3 4

2
4
6

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

F44
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

D : B137

C : B136

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

F2

F61

1
5
9
13

A : B134

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

F74

6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN1429
EN-00339

EN(TURBO)-227

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model
MAIN RELAY
TO FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR

4
6

SBF-5
5
3
B72 IGNITION
SWITCH

2
1

BATTERY

No.11
B47

SBF-4
1

A2
D2
D3
D10
A14

SBF-1

A : B134
C : B136
ECM
D : B137
B84

13
14
16

15

MT

E1

D8
D9
A22
C17
C8
C18
A7
A15

E:

B21
E2

E
B72

1 2
3 4

E
B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

A:

B21

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B134

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22
E:

C:

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0604?

B137

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

D:

B136

Check
DTC P0604 is indicated.

EN(TURBO)-228

EN-00340

Yes
No
Replace the ECM. A temporary poor
<Ref. to
contact.
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BL:DTC P0691 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Radiator fan does not operate properly.
Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, OPERATION, Inspection Mode.>.

EN(TURBO)-229

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
BATTERY
SBF-1

B72 IGNITION
SWITCH
SBF-4

NO.17

NO.18

AIR CONDITIONING
RELAY HOLDER

AIR CONDITIONING
RELAY HOLDER

20A

20A

FAN
RELAY-1

31
34
32
30

28
25
27
29

FAN
RELAY-2

F27

FAN
MODE
RELAY

5
7
8

MAIN FAN
MOTOR

* 21
*

F27
SUB FAN
MOTOR

B100

2
1

F2

2
1

D17
D28

F17

F16

LHD : 10
RHD : 7

LHD : 11
RHD : 19

ENGINE
D: B137 CONTROL
MODULE

B72

F16

(BLACK)

1 2
3 4

F17

(BLACK)

F2

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

2 1

D: B137

1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33
34 35

F27

20
30
5 6 7
25 26 27
15 16 17
10
35
21
31
18
8
11
28
22 23 24
32 33 34 36
29
12 13 14
19
9
RELAY HOLDER (BLACK)

EN-00362

EN(TURBO)-230

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Connect the test mode connector.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)While operating the radiator fan relay, measure voltage between ECM terminal and
ground.
NOTE:
Radiator fan relay operation can be executed
using Subaru Select Monitor. For procedure,
refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check
Mode.<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select
Monitor.>
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 17 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B137) No. 28 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the change of measured value within specified value?
CHECK GROUND SHORT CIRCUIT IN RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 17 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B137) No. 28 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR RELAY.
1)Remove the fan relay 1 and fan relay 2 from
A/C relay holder.
2)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3)Measure the voltage between fuse and relay
box (F/B) connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F27) No. 34 (+) Chassis ground ():
(F27) No. 25 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK FAN RELAY 1.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance between fan relay 1
terminals.
Terminal
No. 32 No. 34:
Is the measured value within specified value?
CHECK FAN RELAY 2.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance between fan relay 2
terminals.
Terminal
No. 25 No. 27:
Is the measured value within specified value?

Check

Yes
Repair poor contact in ECM connector.

No
Go to step 2.

10

Repair ground
short circuit in
radiator fan relay
control circuit.

Go to step 3.

10 V

Go to step 4.

Repair open circuit


in harness
between ignition
switch and fuse
and relay box (F/B)
connector.

87 107

Go to step 5.

Replace the fan


relay 1.

87 107

Go to step 6.

Replace the fan


relay 2.

0 10 V

EN(TURBO)-231

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN FAN RELAY
CONTROL CIRCUIT.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and fan relay connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 17 (F27) No. 32:
(B137) No. 28 (F27) No. 27:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check
1

Poor contact occurs.


CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM or fan relay connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM or fan relay connector?

EN(TURBO)-232

Yes
Go to step 7.

No
Repair harness
and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and fan relay
connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair poor con- Contact with SOA
tact in ECM or fan (distributor) serrelay connector.
vice.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BM:DTC P0692 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Radiator fan does not operate properly.
Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, Operation.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

EN(TURBO)-233

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

WIRING DIAGRAM:
BATTERY
SBF-1

B72 IGNITION
SWITCH
SBF-4

NO.17

NO.18

AIR CONDITIONING
RELAY HOLDER

AIR CONDITIONING
RELAY HOLDER

20A

20A

FAN
RELAY-1

31
34
32
30

28
25
27
29

FAN
RELAY-2

F27

FAN
MODE
RELAY

5
7
8

MAIN FAN
MOTOR

* 21
*

F27
SUB FAN
MOTOR

B100

2
1

F2

2
1

D17
D28

F17

F16

LHD : 10
RHD : 7

LHD : 11
RHD : 19

ENGINE
D: B137 CONTROL
MODULE

B72

F16

(BLACK)

1 2
3 4

F17

(BLACK)

F2

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

2 1

D: B137

1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33
34 35

F27

20
30
5 6 7
25 26 27
15 16 17
10
35
21
31
18
8
11
28
22 23 24
32 33 34 36
29
12 13 14
19
9
RELAY HOLDER (BLACK)

EN-00362

EN(TURBO)-234

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Connect the test mode connector.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)While operating the radiator fan relay, measure the voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
NOTE:
Radiator fan relay operation can be executed
using the Subaru Select Monitor. For procedure, refer to Compulsory Valve Operation
Check Mode.<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-50, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 17 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B137) No. 28 (+) Chassis ground ():
Dose the measured value change within specified value?
CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT IN RADIATOR FAN
RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Remove the fan relay 1, fan relay 2 and fan
mode relay. (with A/C models)
3)Disconnect the test mode connector.
4)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
5)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 17 (+) Chassis ground ():
(B137) No. 28 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK FAN RELAY 1.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Remove the fan relay 1.
3)Measure the resistance between fan relay 1
terminals.
Terminal
No. 30 No. 31:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK FAN RELAY 2.
1)Remove the fan relay 2.
2)Measure the resistance between fan relay 2
terminals.
Terminal
No. 28 No. 29:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.

Check
0 10 V

Yes
No
Even if MIL lights Go to step 2.
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. In this
case, repair the
poor contact in
ECM connector.

10 V

Repair the battery Go to step 3.


short circuit in
radiator fan relay
control circuit.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Replace the fan


relay 1 and ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Go to step 4.

Replace the fan


relay 2 and ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Go to step 5.

Is there poor contact in ECM


connector?

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

EN(TURBO)-235

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BN:DTC P0703 TORQUE CONVERTER/BRAKE SWITCH B CIRCUIT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

SBF-1

BATTERY

OC WC
1
2
2
3

SBF-2

BRAKE LIGHT
SWITCH

B64

: OC

B65

: WC

No.16

WC : WITH CRUISE CONTROL MODEL


OC : WITHOUT CRUISE CONTROL MODEL

12

TO STOP LIGHTS

B55

B64

B65

1 2

1 2
3 4

TCM

B55

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

5 6 7
14 15 16
22

8
17
23

9
18
24

EN-00366

Step
Check
CHECK OPERATION OF BRAKE LIGHT.
Brake light comes on.
Does the brake light come on when depressing
the brake pedal?

EN(TURBO)-236

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair or replace
the brake light circuit.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
1
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR.
1)Disconnect the connectors from TCM and
brake light switch.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
TCM and brake light switch connector.
Connector & terminal
WITH CRUISE CONTROL MODEL
(B55) No. 12 (B65) No. 3:
WITHOUT CRUISE CONTROL MODEL
(B55) No. 12 (B64) No. 2:

Check

Yes
Go to step 3.

Is the measured value less than specified


value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND


1 M
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 12 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
1V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1)Connect the connectors to TCM and brake
light switch.
2)Measure the voltage between TCM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 12 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value when releasing the brake pedal?
10 V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure the voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 12 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value when depressing the brake pedal?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector.
Is there poor contact in TCM connector?

Poor contact occurs.

EN(TURBO)-237

Go to step 4.

No
Repair or replace
the harness and
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
TCM and brake
light switch connector
Poor contact in
TCM connector
Poor contact in
brake light switch
connector
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
TCM and brake
light switch connector.

Go to step 5.

Adjust or replace
the brake light
switch. <Ref. to LI8, STOP LIGHT
SWITCH,
INSPECTION,
Stop Light System.>

Go to step 6.

Adjust or replace
the brake light
switch. <Ref. to LI8, STOP LIGHT
SWITCH,
INSPECTION,
Stop Light System.>
Replace the TCM.
<Ref. to AT-70,
Transmission Control Module
(TCM).>

Repair the poor


contact in TCM
connector.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BO:DTC P0731 GEAR 1 INCORRECT RATIO


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0734. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-239, DTC P0734 GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

BP:DTC P0732 GEAR 2 INCORRECT RATIO


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0734. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-239, DTC P0734 GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

BQ:DTC P0733 GEAR 3 INCORRECT RATIO


NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0734. <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-239, DTC P0734 GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>

EN(TURBO)-238

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BR:DTC P0734 GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Shift point too high or too low; engine brake not effective in 3 range; excessive shift shock; excessive
tight corner braking
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


CIRCUIT.
Check the throttle position sensor circuit. <Ref.
to AT-47, DTC 31 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Is there any trouble in throttle position sensor
circuit?
CHECK FRONT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
CIRCUIT.
Check the front vehicle speed sensor circuit.
<Ref. to AT-54, DTC 33 FRONT VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR, Diagnostic Procedure with
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Is there any trouble in front vehicle speed sensor circuit?
CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT.
Check the torque converter turbine speed sensor circuit. <Ref. to AT-59, DTC 36 TORQUE
CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR,
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
Is there any trouble in torque converter turbine
speed sensor circuit?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector.
Is there poor contact in TCM connector?
CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.
Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmission.
Is there any mechanical trouble in automatic
transmission?

There is a fault.

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Repair or replace Go to step 3.
the throttle position sensor circuit.

There is a fault.

Repair or replace
the vehicle speed
sensor 2 circuit.

Go to step 4.

There is a fault.

Repair or replace
the torque converter turbine
speed sensor circuit.

Go to step 5.

Poor contact occurs.

Repair the poor


contact in TCM
connector.
Repair or replace
the automatic
transmission.
<Ref. to AT-31,
INSPECTION,
Road Test.>

Go to step 6.

There is trouble.

EN(TURBO)-239

Replace the TCM.


<Ref. to AT-70,
Transmission Control Module
(TCM).>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BS:DTC P0741 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE


OR STUCK OFF
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
No shift or excessive tight corner braking
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

CHECK LOCK-UP DUTY SOLENOID CIRCUIT.


Check the lock-up duty solenoid circuit. <Ref.
to AT-87, DTC 77 LOCK-UP DUTY SOLENOID, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).>
Is there any trouble in lock-up duty solenoid circuit?
CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
CIRCUIT.
Check the throttle position sensor circuit. <Ref.
to AT-47, DTC 31 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Is there any trouble in throttle position sensor
circuit?
CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT.
Check the torque converter turbine speed sensor circuit. <Ref. to AT-59, DTC 36 TORQUE
CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR,
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
Is there any trouble in torque converter turbine
speed sensor circuit?
CHECK ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT.
Check the engine speed input circuit. <Ref. to
AT-38, DTC 11 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL,
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
Is there any trouble in engine speed input circuit?

There is a fault.

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Repair or replace Go to step 3.
the lock-up duty
solenoid circuit.

There is a fault.

Repair or replace Go to step 4.


the throttle position sensor circuit.

There is a fault.

Repair or replace
the torque converter turbine
speed sensor circuit.

Go to step 5.

There is a fault.

Repair or replace
the engine speed
input circuit.

Go to step 6.

EN(TURBO)-240

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

10

Step
CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH CIRCUIT.
Check the inhibitor switch circuit. <Ref. to AT114, CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH., Diagnostic
Procedure for No-diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Is there any trouble in inhibitor switch circuit?
CHECK BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CIRCUIT.
Check the brake light switch circuit. <Ref. to
AT-106, CHECK BRAKE SWITCH., Diagnostic
Procedure for No-diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Is there any trouble in brake light switch circuit?
CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT.
Check the ATF temperature sensor circuit.
<Ref. to AT-43, DTC 27 ATF TEMPERATURE
SENSOR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Is there any trouble in ATF temperature sensor
circuit?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector.
Is there poor contact in TCM connector?
CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.
Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmission.
Is there any mechanical trouble in automatic
transmission?

Check
There is a fault.

Yes
No
Repair or replace Go to step 7.
the inhibitor switch
circuit.

There is a fault.

Repair or replace
the brake light
switch circuit.

There is a fault.

Repair or replace Go to step 9.


the ATF temperature sensor circuit.

Poor contact occurs.

Repair the poor


contact in TCM
connector.
Repair or replace
the automatic
transmission.
<Ref. to AT-31,
INSPECTION,
Road Test.>

There is trouble.

EN(TURBO)-241

Go to step 8.

Go to step 10.

Replace the TCM.


<Ref. to AT-70,
Transmission Control Module
(TCM).>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BT:DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT VEHICLES)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling

B134 ECM

B12

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, OPERATION, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12

AT

MT
T7
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12

B128
1

B128

T9
2 1
4 3

INHIBITOR SWITCH

NEUTRAL
POSITION
SWITCH

12
11
B12

T9

R N D

12
7
T3

1
5
9
13

B128
LHD

B21

F61

T7

RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B100
F2

B134

LHD

RHD

: LHD

B21

6 7
1 2 3 4 5
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
18 19 20 21 22
16 17

: RHD

16

F61

STARTER MOTOR

E2

F2

B14

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-00844

EN(TURBO)-242

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK DTC P0705 ON DISPLAY.
Is DTC P0705 indicated?

Check
DTC P0705 is indicated.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Place the select lever except for N and P
positions.
3)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value within specified value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
transmission harness connector (T3).
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR.
1)Disconnect the connector from inhibitor
switch.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
transmission harness connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(T3) No. 12 Engine ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure the resistance between inhibitor
switch connector the receptacle's terminals in
selector lever except for N position.
Terminals
No. 7 No. 12:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK SELECTOR CABLE CONNECTION.
Is there any fault in selector cable connection
to inhibitor switch?

4.5 5.5 V

Yes
No
Inspect DTC
Go to step 2.
P0705 using List
of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Even if MIL lights Go to step 3.
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time.

1 M

Go to step 4.

Repair ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and transmission harness
connector.

1 M

Go to step 5.

Repair ground
short circuit in harness between
transmission harness and inhibitor
switch connector.

1 M

Go to step 6.

Replace the inhibitor switch. <Ref. to


AT-48, Inhibitor
Switch.>

There is a fault.

Repair selector
cable connection.
<Ref. to CS-10,
INSPECTION,
Select Cable.>

Contact with SOA


(distributor) service.

EN(TURBO)-243

NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BU:DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT VEHICLES)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling

B134 ECM

B12

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, OPERATION, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12

AT

MT
T7
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12

B128
1

B128

T9
2 1
4 3

INHIBITOR SWITCH

NEUTRAL
POSITION
SWITCH

12
11
B12

T9

R N D

12
7
T3

1
5
9
13

B128
LHD

B21

F61

T7

RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B100
F2

B134

LHD

RHD

: LHD

B21

6 7
1 2 3 4 5
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
18 19 20 21 22
16 17

: RHD

16

F61

STARTER MOTOR

E2

F2

B14

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-00844

EN(TURBO)-244

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Place the shift lever in neutral.
3)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1)Place the shift lever in a position except for
neutral.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from transmission
harness.
3)Place the shift lever in neutral.
4)Measure the resistance between transmission harness and connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T9) No. 1 No. 3:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH.
1)Place the shift lever in a position except for
neutral.
2)Measure the resistance between transmission harness connector terminals.
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR.
1)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and transmission harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (B128) No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

10 V

Check

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 4.

1V

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Poor contact occurs.

1 M

Repair poor contact in ECM connector.


Go to step 5.

Contact with SOA


(distributor) service.
Repair short circuit
in transmission
harness or replace
neutral position
switch.

Go to step 6.

Repair short circuit


in transmission
harness or replace
neutral position
switch.

1 M

Go to step 7.

Repair ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and transmission harness
connector.

Go to step 8.

Repair open circuit


in harness
between ECM and
transmission harness connector.

EN(TURBO)-245

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
transmission harness connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B128) No. 1 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in transmission harness
connector.
Is there poor contact in transmission harness
connector?

Check
5

Poor contact occurs.

EN(TURBO)-246

Yes
Go to step 9.

No
Repair open circuit
between transmission harness connector and engine
ground terminal.

Repair poor contact in transmission harness


connector.

Contact with SOA


(distributor) service.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BV:DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT VEHICLES)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling

B134 ECM

B12

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, OPERATION, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12

AT

MT
T7
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12

B128
1

B128

T9
2 1
4 3

INHIBITOR SWITCH

NEUTRAL
POSITION
SWITCH

12
11
B12

T9

R N D

12
7
T3

1
5
9
13

B128
LHD

B21

F61

T7

RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B100
F2

B134

LHD

RHD

: LHD

B21

6 7
1 2 3 4 5
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
18 19 20 21 22
16 17

: RHD

16

F61

STARTER MOTOR

E2

F2

B14

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-00844

EN(TURBO)-247

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK DTC P0705 ON DISPLAY.
Is DTC P0705 indicated?

Check
DTC P0705 is indicated.

1V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground in selector lever N and P
positions.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
4.5 5.5 V
Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground in selector lever except for N and
P positions.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value within specified value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?

10 V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IN- 1
HIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
inhibitor switch.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and inhibitor switch connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (T7) No. 12:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-248

Yes
Inspect DTC
P0705 using List
of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Go to step 3.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

Repair poor contact in ECM connector.

Contact with SOA


(distributor) service.

Repair battery
short circuit in harness between
ECM and inhibitor
switch connector.

Go to step 7.

No
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.
Go to step 6.

Repair harness
and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and inhibitor
switch connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
inhibitor switch
connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH GROUND LINE. 5
Measure the resistance of harness between
inhibitor switch connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(T7) No. 7 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.


1
Measure the resistance between inhibitor
switch connector receptacle's terminals in
selector lever N and P positions.
Terminals
No. 7 No. 12:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK SELECTOR CABLE CONNECTION. There is a fault.
Is there any fault in selector cable connection
to inhibitor switch?

EN(TURBO)-249

Yes
Go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

Repair selector
cable connection.
<Ref. to CS-10,
INSPECTION,
Select Cable.>

No
Repair open circuit
in harness
between inhibitor
switch connector
and starter motor
ground line.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
inhibitor switch
connector and
starter motor
ground line
Poor contact in
starter motor connector
Poor contact in
starter motor
ground
Starter motor
Replace the inhibitor switch. <Ref. to
AT-48, Inhibitor
Switch.>

Contact with SOA


(distributor) service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BW:DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT VEHICLES)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling

B134 ECM

B12

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, OPERATION, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12

AT

MT
T7
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12

B128
1

B128

T9
2 1
4 3

INHIBITOR SWITCH

NEUTRAL
POSITION
SWITCH

12
11
B12

T9

R N D

12
7
T3

1
5
9
13

B128
LHD

B21

F61

T7

RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

B100
F2

B134

LHD

RHD

: LHD

B21

6 7
1 2 3 4 5
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
18 19 20 21 22
16 17

: RHD

16

F61

STARTER MOTOR

E2

F2

B14

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

EN-00844

EN(TURBO)-250

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Select the selector lever to except N range.
3)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1)Select the selector lever to N range.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1)Disconnect ECM connector from ECM.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
transmission harness connector (T9).
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and neutral switch connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 8 (B128) No. 1:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH


GROUND LINE.
Measure the resistance of harness between
transmission harness connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B128) No. 3 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

1V

Check

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 4.

10 V

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Poor contact occurs.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.
Repair the battery
short circuit in harness between
ECM and transmission connector.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
Go to step 5.

Go to step 6.

Repair the harness and connector.

10 V

EN(TURBO)-251

Go to step 7.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and transmission harness
Poor contact in
transmission harness connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Repair the open
circuit in harness
of neutral position
switch ground line.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH.
1
1)Select the selector lever to except N range.
2)Measure the resistance between transmission harness connector receptacles terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 No. 3:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
Poor contact occurs.
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in the transmission harness connector.
Is there poor contact in the transmission harness connector?

EN(TURBO)-252

Yes
Go to step 8.

No
Replace the neutral position switch.

Repair poor contact in transmission harness


connector.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BX:DTC P0864 TCM COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

20

21

B56 TCM

B135 ECM

B135

B55
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

5 6
14 15

7 8 9
16 17 18
22 23 24

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

EN-00368

Step
Check
CHECK DRIVING CONDITION.
AT shift control is functioning
1)Start and warm-up the engine until the radia- properly.
tor fan makes one complete rotation.
2)Drive the vehicle.
Is the AT shift control functioning properly?

EN(TURBO)-253

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Replace the TCM.
<Ref. to AT-70,
Transmission Control Module
(TCM).>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK ACCESSORY.
Car phone and/or CB are
Are car phone and/or CB installed on vehicle? installed on vehicle.

EN(TURBO)-254

Yes
Repair the grounding line of car
phone or CB system.

No
Replace the TCM.
<Ref. to AT-70,
Transmission Control Module
(TCM).>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BY:DTC P0865 AT DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT LOW INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

20

21

B56 TCM

B135 ECM

B135

B55
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

5 6
14 15

7 8 9
16 17 18
22 23 24

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

EN-00375

EN(TURBO)-255

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TCM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


TCM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from ECM and
TCM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 20 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1)Connect the connector to ECM.
2)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK TROUBLE CODE FOR AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION.
Read the DTC for automatic transmission.
<Ref. to AT-20, Read Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>
Does the DTC appear for automatic transmission?

Check
1V

10

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Even if MIL lights
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
TCM connector
Repair the ground Go to step 3.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM
connector.

5V

Go to step 4.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

DTC appears for automatic


transmission.

Inspect the DTC


for automatic
transmission.
<Ref. to AT-38,
Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC).>

Replace the TCM.


<Ref. to AT-70,
Transmission Control Module
(TCM).>

EN(TURBO)-256

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

BZ:DTC P0866 AT DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

20

21

B56 TCM

B135 ECM

B135

B55
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

5 6
14 15

7 8 9
16 17 18
22 23 24

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

EN-00375

EN(TURBO)-257

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TCM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check
10 V

4V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TCM CONNECTOR.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
1V
TCM CONNECTOR.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
14V
Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():
Does the voltage change from specified value
while monitoring the value with voltage meter?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


4V
TCM CONNECTOR.
Measure the voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B56) No. 20 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
Poor contact occurs.
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector.
Is there poor contact in TCM connector?

EN(TURBO)-258

Yes
No
Repair the battery Go to step 2.
short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM
connector. After
repair, replace the
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
Go to step 5.
Go to step 3.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 4.

Even if MIL lights


up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.

Repair the poor


contact in TCM
connector.

Check the TCM


power supply line
and grounding
line.

NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, beNOTE:
probable
In this case, repair cause
cause is deteriorathe following:
Poor contact in tion of multiple
parts.
ECM connector
Poor contact in
TCM connector
Go to step 6.
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
TCM connector.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CA: DTC P1086 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE POSITION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

E50

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR LH

1 2 3

F61
3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1
3
2

1 2

E50

F74
20
10
18

E2

18
16

F74
7

F2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F61

B100

F2
B200

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
2
1
B122
B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B135
9
13
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00369

EN(TURBO)-259

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR LH

E50

1
3
2

1 2 3
E50

B22
E3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

20
10
18

1 2

B22

2
1
B122

B122
1 2 3 4 5 6

B135
9
13
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00370

EN(TURBO)-260

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
0.1 V
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of throttle position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool.
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

Yes
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

4.5 V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground while tumble generator
valve is fully closed.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
4.5 V
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?
0.1 V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 13 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING 0.1 V
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR.)
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-261

No
Even if MIL lights
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.

Go to step 4.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
throttle position
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 3.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.

Go to step 6.

NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.
Go to step 5.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 6.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
4.5 V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from tumble generator valve position sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve position sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E50) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


1
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and tumble generator valve
position sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 13 (E50) No. 3:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


10
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
tumble generator valve position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E50) No. 3 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in tumble generator valve
position sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in tumble generator valve
position sensor connector?

EN(TURBO)-262

Yes
Go to step 7.

Go to step 8.

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground Go to step 9.
short circuit in harness between tumble generator valve
position sensor
and ECM connector.

Repair the poor


contact in tumble
generator valve
position sensor
connector.

Replace the tumble generator valve


assembly. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-40,
Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CB:DTC P1087 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE POSITION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT


HIGH
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

E50

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR LH

1 2 3

F61
3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1
3
2

1 2

E50

F74
20
10
18

E2

18
16

F74
7

F2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F61

B100

F2
B200

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
2
1
B122
B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B135
9
13
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00369

EN(TURBO)-263

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR LH

E50

1
3
2

1 2 3
E50

B22
E3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

20
10
18

1 2

B22

2
1
B122

B122
1 2 3 4 5 6

B135
9
13
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00370

EN(TURBO)-264

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
4.9 V
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of throttle position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

Yes
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TUMBLE


5
GENERATOR VALVE POSITION SENSOR
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from throttle position sensor.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
throttle position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(E50) No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN THROTTLE


POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between throttle position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E50) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

4.9 V

EN(TURBO)-265

Go to step 3.

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between tumble generator valve
position sensor
and ECM connector. After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

No
Even if MIL lights
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Replace the tumble generator valve
assembly. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-40,
Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CC: DTC P1088 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

E54

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR RH

1 2 3

F61
3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1
3
2

1 2

E54

F74
20
9
18

E2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F61

17
16

F74
7

F2
B100

F2
B200

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
2
1
B122

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B135
9
23
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00371

EN(TURBO)-266

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR RH

E54

1
3
2

1 2 3
E54

B22
E3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

20
9
18

1 2

B22

2
1
B122

B122
1 2 3 4 5 6

B135
9
23
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00372

EN(TURBO)-267

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of tumble generator valve
position sensor signal using Subaru Select
Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check
0.1 V

Yes
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

4.5 V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground while throttle valve is fully
closed.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
4.5 V
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 9 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
0.1 V
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 23 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING 0.1 V
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR.)
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-268

No
Even if MIL lights
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.

Go to step 4.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Go to step 3.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.

Go to step 6.

NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.
Go to step 5.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 6.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
4.5 V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from throttle position sensor.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between throttle position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E54) No. 1 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

1
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE POSITION
SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and throttle position sensor
connector.
Connector & terminal
(B135) No. 23 (E54) No. 3:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


10
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
tumble generator valve position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E54) No. 3 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in tumble generator valve
position sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in tumble generator valve
position sensor connector?

EN(TURBO)-269

Yes
Go to step 7.

Go to step 8.

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
throttle position
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the ground Go to step 9.
short circuit in harness between tumble generator valve
position sensor
and ECM connector.

Repair the poor


contact in tumble
generator valve
position sensor
connector.

Replace the tumble generator valve


assembly. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-40,
Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CD:DTC P1089 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT


HIGH
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

E54

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR RH

1 2 3

F61
3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

1
3
2

1 2

E54

F74
20
9
18

E2

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

F61

17
16

F74
7

F2
B100

F2
B200

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
2
1
B122

B122

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

B135
9
23
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00371

EN(TURBO)-270

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model

TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE


POSITION SENSOR RH

E54

1
3
2

1 2 3
E54

B22
E3

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

20
9
18

1 2

B22

2
1
B122

B122
1 2 3 4 5 6

B135
9
23
19

7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22

B135 ECM

EN-00372

EN(TURBO)-271

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1)Start the engine.
2)Read the data of tumble generator valve
position sensor signal using Subaru Select
Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check
4.9 V

Yes
Go to step 2.

NOTE:
Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE.
<Ref. to EN(TURBO)-34, Subaru Select Monitor.>
OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TUMBLE


5
GENERATOR VALVE POSITION SENSOR
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from throttle position sensor.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
tumble generator valve position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E54) No. 2 Engine ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TUMBLE


GENERATOR VALVE POSITION SENSOR
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between throttle position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E54) No. 3 (+) Engine ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

4.9 V

EN(TURBO)-272

Go to step 3.

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between tumble generator valve
position sensor
and ECM connector. After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

No
Even if MIL lights
up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at
this time. A temporary poor contact
of the connector
may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Poor contact in
tumble generator
valve position sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
tumble generator
valve position sensor and ECM connector
Poor contact in
coupling connector
Poor contact in
joint connector
Replace the tumble generator valve
assembly. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-40,
Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CE:DTC P1090 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE SYSTEM 1 (VALVE OPEN)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC) <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE RH Tumble generator valve moves Replace the tum- Clean the tumble
1)Remove the tumble generator valve assem- smoothly.
ble generator valve generator valve.
bly.
assembly. <Ref. to
2)Check the tumble generator valve body.
FU(TURBO)-40,
Does the tumble generator valve move
Tumble Generator
smoothly? (No dirt or foreign materials
Valve Assembly.>
clogged)

CF:DTC P1091 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE SYSTEM 1 (VALVE CLOSE)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC) <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE RH Tumble generator valve moves Replace the tum- Clean the tumble
1)Remove the tumble generator valve assem- smoothly.
ble generator valve generator valve.
bly.
assembly. <Ref. to
2)Check the tumble generator valve body.
FU(TURBO)-40,
Does the tumble generator valve move
Tumble Generator
smoothly? (No dirt or foreign materials
Valve Assembly.>
clogged)

EN(TURBO)-273

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CG:DTC P1092 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE SYSTEM 2 (VALVE OPEN)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC) <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE RH Tumble generator valve moves Replace the tum- Clean the tumble
1)Remove the tumble generator valve assem- smoothly.
ble generator valve generator valve.
bly.
assembly. <Ref. to
2)Check the tumble generator valve body.
FU(TURBO)-40,
Does the tumble generator valve move
Tumble Generator
smoothly? (No dirt or foreign materials
Valve Assembly.>
clogged)

CH:DTC P1093 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE SYSTEM 2 (VALVE CLOSE)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC) <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE RH Tumble generator valve moves Replace the tum- Clean the tumble
1)Remove the tumble generator valve assem- smoothly.
ble generator valve generator valve.
bly.
assembly. <Ref. to
2)Check the tumble generator valve body.
FU(TURBO)-40,
Does the tumble generator valve move
Tumble Generator
smoothly? (No dirt or foreign materials
Valve Assembly.>
clogged)

EN(TURBO)-274

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CI: DTC P1094 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (OPEN)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
TUMBLE
GENERATOR VALVE

E55

E2

: LHD

E3

: RHD

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

ACTUATOR RH

RHD
LHD

LHD

12

13

RHD

F74

LHD

LHD

B200

RHD

RHD

B84 ECM

E55

F61

: LHD

1 2

B22

: RHD

F74

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

EN-00373

EN(TURBO)-275

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
1
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve and ECM connector.
3)Measure the resistance between tumble
generator valve actuator and ECM connector.
Connector & terminal
(E55) No. 1 (B84) No.4:
(E55) No. 2 (B84) No.5:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

Poor contact occurs.


CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in tumble generator valve
actuator connector.
Is there poor contact in tumble generator valve
actuator connector?

EN(TURBO)-276

Yes
Go to step 2.

Repair the poor


contact in tumble
generator valve
actuator connector.

No
Repair the open
circuit between
ECM and tumble
generator valve
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and tumble
generator valve
actuator connector.
Poor contact in
coupling connector.
Replace the tumble generator valve
assembly. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-40,
Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CJ:DTC P1095 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (SHORT)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
TUMBLE
GENERATOR VALVE

E55

E2

: LHD

E3

: RHD

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

ACTUATOR RH

RHD
LHD

LHD

12

13

RHD

F74

LHD

LHD

B200

RHD

RHD

B84 ECM

E55

F61

: LHD

1 2

B22

: RHD

F74

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

EN-00373

EN(TURBO)-277

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
5V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve connector.
3)Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve actuator and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(E55) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():
(E55) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

EN(TURBO)-278

Yes
Replace the tumble generator valve
assembly. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-40,
Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

No
Repair the battery
short circuit
between ECM and
tumble generator
valve actuator.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CK:DTC P1096 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (OPEN)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
TUMBLE
GENERATOR VALVE

E51

E2

: LHD

E3

: RHD

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

ACTUATOR LH

RHD
LHD

LHD

15

14

RHD

F74

LHD

LHD

B200

RHD

11

10

RHD

B84 ECM

E51

F61

: LHD

1 2

B22

: RHD

F74

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

EN-00374

EN(TURBO)-279

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
1
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve and ECM connector.
3)Measure the resistance between tumble
generator valve actuator and ECM connector.
Connector & terminal
(E51) No. 1 (B84) No. 10:
(E51) No. 2 (B84) No. 11:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

Poor contact occurs.


CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in tumble generator valve
actuator connector.
Is there poor contact in tumble generator valve
actuator connector?

EN(TURBO)-280

Yes
Go to step 2.

Repair the poor


contact in tumble
generator valve
actuator connector.

No
Repair the open
circuit between
ECM and tumble
generator valve
connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and tumble
generator valve
actuator connector.
Poor contact in
coupling connector.
Replace the tumble generator valve
assembly. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-40,
Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CL:DTC P1097 TUMBLE GENERATED VALVE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (SHORT)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
TUMBLE
GENERATOR VALVE

E51

E2

: LHD

E3

: RHD

F61

: LHD

B22

: RHD

ACTUATOR LH

RHD
LHD

LHD

15

14

RHD

F74

LHD

LHD

B200

RHD

11

10

RHD

B84 ECM

E51

F61

: LHD

1 2

B22

: RHD

F74

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1 2

3 4
6 7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 20

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

EN-00374

EN(TURBO)-281

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
5V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve connector.
3)Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve actuator and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(E51) No. 1 (+) Chassis ground ():
(E51) No. 2 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

Yes
Replace the tumble generator valve
assembly. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-40,
Tumble Generator
Valve Assembly.>

No
Repair the battery
short circuit
between ECM and
tumble generator
valve actuator.

CM:DTC P1110 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P1110?

Check
DTC P1110 is indicated.

Yes
No
Replace the ECM. A temporary poor
<Ref. to
contact.
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
NOTE:
Atmospheric pressure sensor is built
into ECM.

CN:DTC P1111 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P1111?

Check
DTC P1111 is indicated.

Yes
No
Replace the ECM. A temporary poor
<Ref. to
contact.
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
NOTE:
Atmospheric pressure sensor is built
into ECM.

EN(TURBO)-282

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CO:DTC P1134 A/F SENSOR MICRO-COMPUTER PROBLEM


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

LHD

14
B100

BATTERY
SBF-5

F2

B262

5
3

B47

2 1
4 3

2
1

FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

B47

B137

1
3
5

1
5
9
13

18

19

3
29

4
5

B262

2
4
6

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM

8
9

B137
RHD
LHD

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

20

B100
F2

LHD

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00346

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P1134?

Check
DTC P1134 is indicated.

EN(TURBO)-283

Yes
No
Replace the ECM. A temporary poor
<Ref. to
contact.
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CP: DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW)


(BANK1 SENSOR1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

LHD

14
B100

BATTERY
SBF-5

F2

B262

5
3
2
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

B47

4
18

1
5
9
13

2
4
6

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B137
8
9

RHD
LHD

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

20

B100
F2

LHD

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

B137

1
3
5

19

29

B262
1

B47

2 1
4 3

4
5

2
1

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00346

EN(TURBO)-284

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
Is the resistance less than 1
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNEC- ?
TOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 29 (B262) No. 3:
(B137) No. 19 (B262) No. 4:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

CHECK POOR CONTACT.


Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector?

EN(TURBO)-285

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the harness and connector.

NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector
Poor contact in
front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Repair the poor
Replace the front
contact in front
oxygen (A/F) senoxygen (A/F) sen- sor. <Ref. to
sor connector.
FU(TURBO)-43,
Front Oxygen (A/
F) Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CQ: DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH)


(BANK1 SENSOR1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

RHD

RHD

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

MAIN RELAY
6
4

LHD

LHD

14
B100

BATTERY
SBF-5

F2

B262

5
3
2
FRONT OXYGEN
(A/F) SENSOR

B47

4
18

1
5
9
13

2
4
6

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

ECM
B137
8
9

RHD
LHD

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

20

B100
F2

LHD

F2

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

RHD
3

B137

1
3
5

19

29

B262
1

B47

2 1
4 3

4
5

2
1

F61

: LHD

B21

: RHD

E2

E
EN-00346

EN(TURBO)-286

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 19 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 29 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1)Connect the connector to ECM.
2)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
3)Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 19 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 19 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

10

Check

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the ground
short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

10

Go to step 3.

Repair the ground


short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

4.5 V

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

10 V

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
Go to step 6.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

4.95 V
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 29 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

EN(TURBO)-287

Replace the front


oxygen (A/F) sensor. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-43,
Front Oxygen (A/
F) Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
10 V
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 29 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?

Check

EN(TURBO)-288

Yes
No
Repair the battery Repair the poor
short circuit in har- contact in ECM
ness between
connector.
ECM and front
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
After repair,
replace the ECM.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CR:DTC P1301 MISFIRE DITECTED (HIGH TEMPERATURE EXHAUST GAS)

DTC DETECTING CONDITION:


Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Engine stalls.
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B122
EXHAUST GAS
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
2

(LHD)
1 2 3 4 5 6

B279

(RHD)

B136
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

LHD : 7
RHD : 6

B279
1 2

*1

16
19

B122

B136 ECM

EN-00365

EN(TURBO)-289

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC).
Conduct the troubleshooting for all DTC
P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304. <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77, List of Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).>
Does failure for repair or replacement exist?

Check
Failure for repair or replacement exists.

EN(TURBO)-290

Yes
Repair or replace
the failure, then
replace precatalytic converter.

No
Contact with your
Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CS:DTC P1312 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR MALFUNCTION


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B122
EXHAUST GAS
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
2

(LHD)
1 2 3 4 5 6

B279

(RHD)

B136
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

LHD : 7
RHD : 6

B279
1 2

*1

16
19

B122

B136 ECM

EN-00365

EN(TURBO)-291

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

Yes
Inspect the relevant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not
necessary to inspect DTC P1312.

EN(TURBO)-292

No
Replace the
exhaust gas temperature sensor.
<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-47,
Exhaust Temperature Sensor.>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CT:DTC P1544 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Erroneous idling
Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:

B122
EXHAUST GAS
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

1
2

(LHD)
1 2 3 4 5 6

B279

(RHD)

B136
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

LHD : 7
RHD : 6

B279
1 2

*1

16
19

B122

B136 ECM

EN-00365

EN(TURBO)-293

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Is any other DTC displayed?

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.


Check the exhaust system parts.

Check
Other DTC is displayed.

There is a fault.

NOTE:
Check the following items.
Loose installation of exhaust manifold
Cracks or hole of exhaust manifold
Loose installation of front oxygen (A/F) sensor
Is there a fault in exhaust system?

EN(TURBO)-294

Yes
No
Inspect the releGo to step 2.
vant DTC using
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC). <Ref. to
EN(TURBO)-77,
List of Diagnostic
Trouble Code
(DTC).>
NOTE:
In this case, it is
not necessary to
inspect
DTC
P1544.
Repair or replace
the failure, then
replace precatalytic converter.

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CU:DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.> .
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LHD model

MAIN RELAY
B100

F2

TO FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR

4
6

14
SBF-5

5
3

7
B61

F44

B72 IGNITION
SWITCH

2
1

BATTERY

No.11

SBF-4

B47

A2
D2
D3
D10
A14

SBF-1

A : B134
C : B136
ECM
D : B137
B84

MT

E1

A22
C17
D8
D9
A7
A15

C8
C18

E:

B100
9
F2

16

20
3

8
15

13
14

F74

11
10

B200

F61
E2

E : B84

B47

B72

1
3
5

1 2
3 4

2
4
6

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

F44
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22

4
8
12
16

1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13 14

D : B137

C : B136

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

F2

F61

1
5
9
13

A : B134

5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

F74

6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

EN1429
EN-00339

EN(TURBO)-295

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

RHD model
MAIN RELAY
TO FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR

4
6

SBF-5
5
3
B72 IGNITION
SWITCH

2
1

BATTERY

No.11
B47

SBF-4
1

A2
D2
D3
D10
A14

SBF-1

A : B134
C : B136
ECM
D : B137
B84

13
14
16

15

MT

E1

D8
D9
A22
C17
C8
C18
A7
A15

E:

B21
E2

E
B72

1 2
3 4

E
B47

1
3
5

2
4
6

A:

B21

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

C:

B134

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22
E:

D:

B136

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
27 28
29 30 31

B84

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17

B137

Step
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
10 V
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 10 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
10
MAIN FUSE BOX CONNECTOR.
1)Disconnect the connector from ECM.
2)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B137) No. 10 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

EN-00340

Check

EN(TURBO)-296

Yes
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector.

No
Go to step 2.

Repair the ground Go to step 3.


short circuit in harness between
ECM connector
and battery terminal.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK FUSE SBF-5.
Is the fuse blown?

Check
Fuse is blown out.

Yes
Replace the fuse.

No
Repair the harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair
the following:
Open circuit in
harness between
ECM and battery
Poor contact in
ECM connector
Poor contact in
battery terminal

EN(TURBO)-297

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CV:DTC P1698 ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL CUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

14

10

B55 TCM

B136 ECM

B55
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

5 6
14 15

B136
7 8 9
16 17 18
22 23 24

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

EN-00376

EN(TURBO)-298

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
3V
1)Start the engine and warm-up engine.
2)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
3)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 14 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
10
TCM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
TCM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 14 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
1
TCM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and TCM connector.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 14 (B55) No. 20:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?

Check

EN(TURBO)-299

Yes
Repair the poor
contact in ECM
connector.

No
Go to step 2.

Repair the ground Go to step 3.


short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM
connector.

Repair the poor


Repair the open
contact in ECM or circuit in harness
TCM connector.
between ECM and
TCM connector.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CW:DTC P1699 ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL CUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

14

10

B55 TCM

B136 ECM

B55
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

5 6
14 15

B136
7 8 9
16 17 18
22 23 24

1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21

EN-00376

EN(TURBO)-300

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
3V
1)Start the engine and warm-up engine.
2)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
3)Disconnect the connector from TCM.
4)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
5)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 14 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
10 V
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TCM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B136) No. 14 (+) Chassis ground ():
Shake the ECM harness and connector, while
monitoring value of voltage meter.
Is the voltage change more than specified
value?

Check

EN(TURBO)-301

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the battery
short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM
connector. After
repair, replace the
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Repair the battery


short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM
connector. After
repair, replace the
ECM. <Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>

Contact with your


Subaru distributor
service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, because
probable
cause is deterioration of multiple
parts.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CX:DTC P1701 CRUISE CONTROL SET SIGNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION


FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

22

B94 CCM

B55

B94
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

TCM

B55
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

5 6
14 15

7 8
16 17
22 23

9
18
24

EN-00377

EN(TURBO)-302

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
1
CCM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from TCM and
CCM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
TCM and CCM connector.
Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 22 (B94) No. 3:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
10
CCM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 22 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
1V
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1)Connect the connector to TCM and CCM.
2)Lift-up the vehicle or set the vehicle on free
rollers.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, raise all wheels off
ground.
3)Start the engine.
4)Turn the cruise control main switch to ON.
5)Move the selector lever to D range and
slowly increase vehicle speed to 50 km/h (31
MPH).
6)Turn the cruise control command switch to
ON.
7)Measure the voltage between TCM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 22 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector.
Is there poor contact in TCM connector?

Check

Poor contact occurs.

EN(TURBO)-303

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between TCM and
CCM connector.

Repair the short


Go to step 3.
circuit in harness
between TCM and
CCM connector.

Go to step 4.

Check the cruise


control command
switch circuit.
<Ref. to CC-8,
INSPECTION,
Cruise Control
Command
Switch.>

Repair the poor


contact in TCM
connector.

Replace the TCM.


<Ref. to AT-70,
Transmission Control Module
(TCM).>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CY:DTC P1711 ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Excessive shift shock
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

19

B56 TCM

B134 ECM

B56
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

5 6
14 15

B134

7 8 9
16 17 18
22 23 24

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22

EN-00378

EN(TURBO)-304

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
4.5 V
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 19 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
10 V
Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 19 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
Poor contact occurs.
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


1
TCM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
TCM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and TCM connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 19 (B56) No. 5:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
10
TCM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 19 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in TCM connector.
Is there poor contact in TCM connector?

EN(TURBO)-305

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 4.

Repair the battery Go to step 3.


short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM
connector.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 5.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
TCM connector.

Repair the ground Go to step 6.


short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM
connector.

Repair the poor


contact in TCM
connector.

Replace the TCM.


<Ref. to AT-70,
Transmission Control Module
(TCM).>

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

CZ:DTC P1712 ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION


DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Excessive shift shock
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-49, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(TURBO)-42, Inspection Mode.>.
WIRING DIAGRAM:

18

14

B56 TCM

B134 ECM

B56
1 2 3 4
10 11 12 13
19 20 21

5 6
14 15

B134

7 8 9
16 17 18
22 23 24

1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
18 19 20 21 22

EN-00379

EN(TURBO)-306

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

Step
Check
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
4.5 V
1)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2)Measure the voltage between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 18 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
10 V
Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 18 (+) Chassis ground ():
Is the measured value more than specified
value?
Poor contact occurs.
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND


1
TCM CONNECTOR.
1)Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2)Disconnect the connectors from ECM and
TCM.
3)Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and TCM connector.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 18 (B56) No. 4:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
10
TCM CONNECTOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between
ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B134) No. 18 Chassis ground:
Is the measured value less than specified
value?
CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Poor contact occurs.
Check poor contact in TCM connector.
Is there poor contact in TCM connector?

EN(TURBO)-307

Yes
Go to step 2.

No
Go to step 4.

Repair the battery Go to step 3.


short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM
connector.

Repair the poor


contact in ECM
connector.

Go to step 5.

Replace the ECM.


<Ref. to
FU(TURBO)-48,
Engine Control
Module.>
Repair the open
circuit in harness
between ECM and
TCM connector.

Repair the ground Go to step 6.


short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM
connector.

Repair the poor


contact in TCM
connector.

Replace the TCM.


<Ref. to AT-70,
Transmission Control Module
(TCM).>

GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

20.General Diagnostic Table


A: INSPECTION
1. ENGINE
NOTE:
Malfunction of parts other than those listed is also possible. <Ref. to ME(TURBO)-91, Engine Trouble in General.>
Symptom

1. Engine stalls during idling.

2. Rough idling

3. Engine does not return to idle.

4. Poor acceleration

5. Engine stalls or engine sags or hesitates at


acceleration.

Problem parts
1) Idle air control solenoid valve
2) Pressure sensor
3) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
4) Ignition parts (*1)
5) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
6) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
7) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
8) Fuel injection parts (*4)
1) Idle air control solenoid valve
2) Pressure sensor
3) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
4) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
5) Ignition parts (*1)
6) Air intake system (*5)
7) Fuel injection parts (*4)
8) Throttle position sensor
9) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
10) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
11) Oxygen sensor
12) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
1) Idle air control solenoid valve
2) Engine coolant temperature sensor
3) Accelerator cable (*6)
4) Throttle position sensor
5) Pressure sensor
6) Mass air flow sensor
1) Pressure sensor
2) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
3) Throttle position sensor
4) Fuel injection parts (*4)
5) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
6) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
7) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
8) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
9) A/C switch and A/C cut relay
10) Engine torque control signal circuit
11) Ignition parts (*1)
1) Pressure sensor
2) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
4) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
5) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
6) Purge control solenoid valve
7) Fuel injection parts (*4)
8) Throttle position sensor
9) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay

EN(TURBO)-308

GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
Symptom

6. Surge

7. Spark knock

8. After burning in exhaust system

Problem parts
1) Pressure sensor
2) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
4) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
5) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
6) Fuel injection parts (*4)
7) Throttle position sensor
8) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
1) Pressure sensor
2) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
3) Engine coolant temperature sensor
4) Knock sensor
5) Fuel injection parts (*4)
6) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
1) Pressure sensor
2) Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor
3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
4) Fuel injection parts (*4)
5) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay

*1: Check ignition coil & ignitor assembly and spark plug.
*2: Indicate the symptom occurring only in cold temperatures.
*3: Ensure the secure installation.
*4: Check fuel injector, fuel pressure regulator and fuel filter.
*5: Inspect air leak in air intake system.
*6: Adjust accelerator cable.

EN(TURBO)-309

GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE


ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

EN(TURBO)-310